{"title":"Container Gardening Vegetable Seeds","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"broccoli-di-cicco-organic","title":"Broccoli Seeds - Di Cicco (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003e48 to 70 days. Annual. Organic Heirloom seeds. Di Cicco is an Italian heirloom broccoli dating back from 1890. Very vigorous plants produce heavy crops of 3 to 4 inch wide, blue- green, central heads. Great side- shoot production. Can also be used as a sprouting broccoli. The Di Cicco variety of broccoli was introduced in 1890 in Italy, and is still a popular garden crop to grow. Broccoli is hardy and can be grown in zones three through ten, and can withstand frost. These Organic seeds will grow and produce modestly sized heads with a large yield of side shoots. The tops of the Di Cicco broccoli heads have a soft green a purple color, and can be eaten in different ways, such as in a salad, or part of a stir fry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/Organic-broccoli-sprouting-seeds?variant=38623894344\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mini-seed.png?15880154197533826775\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eSprouting\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Di Cicco Organic Broccoli Garden Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e brassica oleracea var di cicco\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ph level 6 to 6.8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to cabbage worms and aphids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003eGreen with light purple tops on florets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild with a crisp texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g Packet - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 9,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 36,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 oz - Approximately 72,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 144,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Approximately 360,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 720,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 3,600,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf starting your Di Cicco broccoli crops indoors, you can transplant the seedlings outdoors when they are three inches tall. This is recommended for growing in cooler climates. If you want to start growing the broccoli directly outside, sow the seeds one fourth of an inch deep, eighteen inches apart, with eighteen to twenty four inches between the rows. Although broccoli can withstand frost, it also needs full sun to thrive. During the first two weeks, the Organic broccoli seeds will be germinating, and will need consistently moist soil. While growing, the broccoli will need one to two inches of water each week. It is recommended to water at ground level. Between 48 to 70 days, the broccoli will be mature and ready to harvest; by this time, the heads of the main shoot will have a diameter of three inches. By cutting off the main head at this time, more side shoots\/florets will be encouraged to grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 g Packet","offer_id":31789918453875,"sku":"48461","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39407190900851,"sku":"45259","price":7.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39407192309875,"sku":"45261","price":12.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39407192375411,"sku":"45258","price":31.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39407192440947,"sku":"45262","price":108.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39407192473715,"sku":"45260","price":423.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Broccoli-Seeds-Di-Cicco-Organic-comp.jpg?v=1762440189"},{"product_id":"organic-black-turtle-sprouting-beans","title":"Beans - Black Turtle (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e3-5 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Black Turtle Bean Sprouting Seeds. These organic black beans produce fresh, crunchy sprouts that can easily be substituted for black beans in any recipe for added nutrition. The protein in sprouts is easier to digest than in cooked black beans, and improves absorption of minerals and other nutrients. These organic sprouts have a bright and bold flavor and a rich texture that will put a new twist on any bean dish. These seeds can also be grown as mature beans and work as fantastic nitrogen fixers, providing essential nutrients for other plants in your garden. Our seeds have been tested for bacteria, and are great sprouts for those with some sprouting experience. ~130 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/black-turtle-beans-Organic-bulk-grains-foods?variant=4737856503849\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mini-lights.png?6527236226582854068\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eEmergencey Storage\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean- Sprouting Seeds \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray, Jar, or Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 Tbsp per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 2 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 Hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 160 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Omega-3, Omega-6, Protein, Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Calcium, Iron, Zinc, Vitamin A, B-Complex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e These black bean sprouts have a bright, aromatic, and bold flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e In comparison to other sprouts, these sprouts have a strong, crisp texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e As the sprouts grow, the black exterior of the bean will be shed and will adopt more of a burgundy color, leaving the cream-colored flesh showing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Black Turtle Bean Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe initial soak period for black turtle bean sprouts is 8-12 hours. Following the soak, seeds can be poured into the sprouting jar, bag, or tray. Black beans are notorious for high levels of decaying organic matter during sprouting, so it is critical to rinse sprouts 3-4 times per day, possibly even 5, in order to keep the beans clean and odor-free. The water may bubble, which is caused by an excess of carbon dioxide gas produced by the beans as they sprout. Take caution when draining water, as it will likely be stained black from the leaching of the shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sprouts do not produce long, thin sprout tails; the tail may reach 0.5 inches when ready to eat. The sprouts will adopt a burgundy exterior when fully sprouted. Sprouts will be ready for harvest within 3-5 days. If growing sprouts overnight for traditional refried use, beans should be ready to cook in less than 24 hours. Sprouts should be fully dried for storage. Keep in a cool, dry place in an air-tight container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWe recommend using filtered water for the best sprouting results.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Organic Black Turtle Bean Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsuming beans in the form of sprouts is a great nutritional choice, as they lose many nutrients and antioxidants when heated. These sprouts provide high levels of plant-based proteins. They contain high levels of Omega-3, Omega-6, Fiber, Potassium, Phosphorus, Magnesium, Calcium, Iron, Zinc, Vitamin A, and B-Complex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sprouts should be cooked before they are consumed. They are great in chili, soups, tacos, and dips to add nutrition and a rich flavor and texture!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Although the sprouting process for these beans is a bit more involved than some beginner sprouts, their bright and bold flavor will prove worthy of the extra effort!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Microgreens and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microgreens-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and Microgreens Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\u0026gt;Seed Sprouting FAQ\u0026lt;\/a\u0026gt;, from customers just like you!\u0026lt;\/p\u0026gt;\n\n\u0026lt;h4\u0026gt;Seeds per Package:\u0026lt;\/h4\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;ul\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 2,144 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;2.5 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 5,360 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;5 lb can - Wholesale - Approximately 10,720 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;35 lb bucket - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 75,040 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;\/ul\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;p\u0026gt;Non-GMO Organic Black Turtle Bean sprouting seeds are available for \u0026lt;strong\u0026gt;Fast Free Shipping\u0026lt;\/strong\u0026gt; on qualifying orders.\u0026lt;\/p\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;!--split--\u0026gt;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38636430728,"sku":"16832","price":8.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38636430856,"sku":"16850","price":17.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38636431048,"sku":"16884","price":27.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35 lb Bucket","offer_id":38636431112,"sku":"16867","price":145.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/organic-black-turtle-sprouting-beans-comp.jpg?v=1759441110"},{"product_id":"organic-garbanzo-sprouting-beans","title":"Garbanzo Bean - Organic - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e2-5 Days. \u003cem\u003eCicer arietinum\u003c\/em\u003e. High Germination. Organic. Sprouting. Widely known as chickpea or chana, non-GMO Organic garbanzo beans are one of the most nutritious and protein-rich sprouting seeds. Ready to harvest in just 2-5 days and an easy source of raw protein, Organic garbanzo bean sprouting seeds are a delicious staple to our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/wholesale-sprouting-seed\/products\/Organic-protein-powerhouse-sprouting-seed-mix?variant=38639445640\"\u003eOrganic Protein Powerhouse Mix\u003c\/a\u003e. Sprout non-GMO chickpeas seeds with other protein-dense varieties or as a roasted finger food. Wholesale seeds and bulk available. ~75 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Organic Garbanzo Bean Sprouting Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Sprouting Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼ cup per quart jar, sprouting tray, terra cotta sprouter, or sprout bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-10 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, mild, and nutty with a little light crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protein, Fiber, Iron, Vitamin C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 480 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Organic Garbanzo Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing either a seed sprouting jar, sprouting tray, terra cotta sprouter, or hemp sprout bag, add about ¼ cup Organic garbanzo bean sprout seeds to your container and allow seeds an initial soaking for 6-10 hours. After initial soak, continue to rinse garbanzo bean sprouting seeds 2-3x per day and immediately drain, not allowing water to sit and soak. Rinse seeds 2-3x per day for 2-4 days, keeping Organic chickpea sprouts fresh, crunchy, and hydrated without waterlogging. Non-GMO garbanzo sprouts are quick to harvest in just 2-4 days, ready for fresh use with a soft, mild, and nutty with a little light crunch. Garbanzo beans are dense in essential raw nutrients such as protein, calcium, fiber, iron, and Vitamin C and a complete 480 calories per cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMore Than A Sprouting Seed\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnown by a variety of names throughout the world, including chickpea and chana, \u003cem\u003eCicer arietinum\u003c\/em\u003e has been one of the most popularly domesticated crops ever. The garbanzo bean is widely sown as a culinary staple throughout much of Asia, with nearly 70% of the world's production coming from India. Recently, the garbanzo bean has made a resurgence as a viable nitrogen-fixing cover crop able to be sown as a beneficial companion plant or tilled back into the soil as an all-natural Organic green mulch. Similar to Daikon radish and mustards, garbanzo seeds grow a deep taproot that can help prepare fields and grows spaces that have gone untouched in years or have never been cultivated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWholesale Non-GMO Organic Garbanzo Bean Sprouting Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 1,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 3,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 6,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 42,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic garbanzo bean sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"8 oz Bag","offer_id":38636504200,"sku":"16822","price":6.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38636504264,"sku":"16824","price":9.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38636504328,"sku":"16823","price":15.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38636504392,"sku":"16766","price":26.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"35 lb Bucket","offer_id":38636504456,"sku":"16741","price":176.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Garbanzo-Bean-Organic-Sprouting-Seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440216"},{"product_id":"small-red-beans-organic","title":"Beans - Red Small (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e2-3 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Small Red Bean Sprouting Seeds. These small red beans produce sprouts that are packed with protein and are low in carbs and calories. These red bean sprouts will add nutritional value and a rich texture to a variety of cooked meals, including stir-fries, soups, and omelets. These seeds can also be grown as mature beans and work as fantastic nitrogen fixers, providing essential nutrients for other plants in your garden. These organic seeds have been tested for bacteria and are great beginner sprouts. ~125 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-small-beans-Organic-bulk-grains-foods?variant=4738383708201\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mini-lights.png?6527236226582854068\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eEmergencey Storage\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Small Red Bean - Sprouting Seeds \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Chili Beans \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jar, Tray, or Bag \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Tbsp per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 1.5 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12 Hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 times per day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 27 calories per 1 cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003e Iron, dietary fiber, protein, vitamin C, B vitamins, antioxidants \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Small Red Bean Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red bean sprouts have a similar flavor to cooked beans, but taste slightly earthier. When eaten with the root, their flavor has slight undertones of hazelnut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Small Red Bean Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Their texture is rich and a bit crunchier than that of a cooked bean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall Red Bean Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e The seeds are dark red to maroon dry, and become slightly lighter as the sprouts emerge. As the sprouts mature, the white inside of the bean will be exposed and the yellow-green sprouting root will get longer. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Small Red Bean Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The initial soak period for small red bean sprouts is 10-12 hours. Following the soak, seeds can be poured into the sprouting jar or tray. They should be rinsed 2-3 times per day for 2-3 days, or until the sprout is about 2 cm long. Sprouts can be grown in either jars or trays, but it is important that they are exposed to plenty of oxygen and that they do not lay in still water for more than a few minutes at a time after the initial soak, as they can rot easily. To ensure this, gently rotate the seeds in their jar or tray after each rinse, and make sure there is not excess water at the bottom of the sprouting container. Keep the sprouts moist at all times and do not allow to dry out. These seeds may also be sprouted in a hemp bag for on the go adventurers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sprouts are ready to harvest when they are about 2 cm long, or 3 cm including the root. The reddish-brown hull should nearly fall off when sprouts are mature. Sprouts grow faster in warmer climates, so sprouting time may vary slightly based on temperature. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWe recommend using filtered water for the best sprouting results.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of Organic Small Red Bean Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsuming beans in the form of sprouts is a great nutritional choice, as they lose many nutrients and antioxidants when heated. These sprouts provide high levels of plant-based proteins. They contain high levels of Vitamins B1, B2, B3, B6, B9, and C, as well as the minerals Iron, Calcium, Manganese, Magnesium, Zinc, and Phosphorus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sprouts can be eaten raw or added to a variety of cooked dishes. They add a crunch to salads, wraps, and dips, and can also be added to soups or stir-fries to add a rich flavor and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"If cooking with red bean sprouts, add them towards the end! This will maintain their crispness and keep all their nutritional value. For extra fiber, eat the husks!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\u0026gt;\u0026lt;\/td\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;td style=\" width:\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Microgreens and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microgreens-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and Microgreens Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\u0026gt;Seed Sprouting FAQ\u0026lt;\/a\u0026gt;, from customers just like you!\u0026lt;\/p\u0026gt;\n\n\u0026lt;h4\u0026gt;Seeds per Package:\u0026lt;\/h4\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;ul\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 2,000 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;2.5 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 5,000 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;5 lb can - Wholesale - Approximately 10,000 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;35 lb bucket- Bulk Seeds - Approximately 67,720 seeds\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;\/ul\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;p\u0026gt;Non-GMO Organic Small Red Bean sprouting seeds are available for \u0026lt;strong\u0026gt;Fast Free Shipping\u0026lt;\/strong\u0026gt; on qualifying orders.\u0026lt;\/p\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;!--split--\u0026gt;\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"1 lb Bag","offer_id":38639459912,"sku":"16923","price":10.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38639460040,"sku":"16924","price":20.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb Can","offer_id":38639460168,"sku":"16926","price":31.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35 lb Bucket","offer_id":38639460296,"sku":"16925","price":161.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/small-red-beans-organic-comp.jpg?v=1762440226"},{"product_id":"beet-detroit-dark-red-vegetable-seeds","title":"Beet Seeds - Detroit Dark Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e55 days. Detroit Dark Red beet seeds. \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Annual. Non-GMO. Since the turn of the century, Detroit Dark Red has been the preferred choice for homegrown classic American beets. Introduced in 1892 by Detroit's world famous D.M. Ferry Seed Company, the American red beet eventually adopted the moniker \"Detroit\" since it became known that the best beets hailed from the \"Motor City\". The 2-3\" globe-shaped roots are tender and sweet. A dual-purpose vegetable, the deep green tops can be cooked like swiss chard. ~1,250 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/beet-detroit-dark-red-microgreens-seeds?variant=45187194376\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Detroit Dark Red Beet Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-11 (Biennial 6-11)\n\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rooted and leafy upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, sandy, loamy, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Disease:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monitor for aphids and leafhoppers which may lead to any number of yellowing and leaf-spotting diseases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetroit Dark Red Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep burgundy flesh and juice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetroit Dark Red Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and classic beet flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Detroit Dark Red Beets from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeet is a cool weather favorite best sown directly outdoors 4-5 weeks prior to final spring frost or 4-5 weeks before the first autumn frost. Sow 3-4 seeds 1\/2\" deep and 1-2\" apart in fertile, Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0. Seeds germinate in 5-10 days, thinning best starts to every 3-4\" as true leaves establish. Beet seeds may be pre-soaked for 24 hours to encourage germination. Beets can be sown every 2-3 weeks for replete season-long harvests. Avoid using fertilizers high in nitrogen causing plants to produce plentiful vegetation, but smaller roots. A top layer of mulch will help roots cool and retain moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDetroit Dark Red Beets in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as beetroot and blood turnip, these beets are uniform in shape and flavor. They are known to grow in chilly Spring weather and are mostly problem free but sometimes get aphids or flea beetle. Control with insecticidal soap, pyrethrums, and good garden sanitation. Can be bottled or pickled. Perfect for canning. Cut up, blanche, and freeze in freezer bags. Pick leaves before any sign of wilt for tasty greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Detroit Dark Red Beets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of beet are ready to harvest in about 50-60 days from sowing or when showing 1\" in diameter above soil, but will remain tender even up to 3-4\" in diameter. In compacted soils, carefully loosen soil around roots before harvesting with help of a gardening fork. Beet greens can be harvested like lettuce or any culinary herb when 2-3\" tall. Small tender greens can be enjoyed fresh in a salad mix while larger, coarser greens taste best when lightly sauteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Detroit Dark Red Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red beet is an old time heirloom favorite dating back to 1892. Gardeners today still contend this is their favorite variety for a dependable root harvest. Detroit Dark Red produced 3\" round beets perfect for canning or table use. This beet has a truly sweet flavor with a fine grade texture that will surely please most palates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red tops are a great spinach substitute in salads, although we prefer other varieties for their tops. This beet is the star performer for its wonderful root. Detroit Dark Red is cold hardy, and seeds can germinate and grow in soil temperatures as low as 40 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1936 James Seed Catalog says...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"An excellent strain of this all-purpose Beet which will suit the most critical gardener. The roots are smooth and almost true globe shape, with small tops. The flesh is dark red, tender and sweet. Not as early as Egyptian, but stands hot weather better and is a better keeper. Plant in mellow ground from earliest Spring until late in June, thin to about 3 inches and at all times keep soil well cultivated.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red makes an excellent canning variety. For pickling, Detroit Dark Red is hard to beat as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA rich source of Iron, Calcium, and Vitamins: A, B1, B2, C, and Niacin. Heat and cold tolerant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red beet has long been touted as a long keeper in root cellars. It is mentioned in Mike \u0026amp; Nancy Bubel's book on Root Cellaring as having an outstanding storage life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNon-GMO Detroit Dark Red Beet Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 125 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Detroit Dark Red beet seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"8 g Packet","offer_id":38818553224,"sku":"18569","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12 g Packet","offer_id":38818553288,"sku":"18854","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818552904,"sku":"30601","price":8.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818552968,"sku":"30598","price":19.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818553032,"sku":"30599","price":62.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818553096,"sku":"18126","price":224.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Beet-Detroit-Dark-Red-Comp_30df6e50-3c49-4792-8ff5-e572df23f6b2.jpg?v=1762440244"},{"product_id":"broccoli-waltham-29-seeds","title":"Broccoli Seeds - Waltham 29","description":"\u003cp\u003e85-90 days. Waltham 29 Broccoli Seeds. \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. italica\u003c\/em\u003e. Annual. Non-GMO. Developed at the University of Massachusetts Amherst's historic research farm, Waltham Field Station, heirloom Waltham 29 broccoli garden seeds have been cultivated to deliver higher yields, grow more uniform vegetable crops, with more repeat harvests. Native to the brisk New England chill, non-GMO Waltham 29 seeds grow a compact, cold-hardy and open-pollinated American staple for home gardens and Farmers Markets. ~9,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/waltham-29-broccoli-seed-Organic\"\u003eFind the Organic Variety of these seeds here!\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/broccoli-waltham-29-microgreens-seeds?variant=46365822152\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\" alt=\"Microgreen\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. italica\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounding upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, Organically fertilized, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broccoli has no serious diseases but watch for cabbage worms, flea beetles, thrips, slugs, and aphids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaltham 29 Broccoli Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic dark green vegeation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaltham 29 Broccoli Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, savory, and crunchy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Waltham 29 Broccoli Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli is a cool weather full-sun crop able to be sown directly but, for earliest starts, begin indoors 6-8 weeks prior to final spring frost or in mid-summer about 3 months from autumn frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/2\" deep per cell or 4-6\" apart in the garden in Organic, fertile, and well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeeds germinate in 3-14 days, thinning out best starts every 12-18\" in the garden once true leaves establish. Broccoli heads grow fullest with full sun but, for warmer regions, plants will benefit from midsummer shade. For warmer grow zones, try a cultivar with a quicker harvest and maturity date to best accommodate for a shortened cool spring season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWaltham 29 Broccoli in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli is a timeless annual staple of the home garden found just as often growing in the garden bed as on the kitchen counter. Broccoli has always been a tolerant frost hardy favorite, but is currently in its renaissance as a vitamin-rich crop popularly used in indoor gardening such as microgreens, sprouts, and hydroponics. Like other annual Brassicas such as cabbage, kale, and cauliflower, broccoli requires very similar growing conditions with similar harvest windows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Waltham 29 Broccoli\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of broccoli are ready to harvest in about 85 days from sowing. Using a small knife, remove the main head above the smaller florets once reaching a diameter of about 5-6\", allowing secondary side shoots to continue maturing for harvest. Heads will taste bitter if no longer compact and have begun to flower. Like other Brassicas, the entire broccoli plant is harvestable and edible and even considered to taste best after a few light autumn frosts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Waltham 29 Broccoli Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBred by the University of Massachusetts, Waltham Field Station, Waltham, MA around 1950.Waltham 29 broccoli produces uniform high yields, good color, cold resistance, dwarf compact plant, and big side shoots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePopular at Farmers Markets. Main heads are 4-8\" with steady side shoot production after main head is harvested. Good cultivar for freezing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoes extremely well on the East Coast and Pacific Northwest of the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommercial grown broccoli, the stuff you buy at the store, contains incredible amounts of chemicals. There can be over 50 known chemicals used in growing broccoli. Protect your families health and grow your own! It is the only way to be sure you are getting safe, Organic and nutritionally valuable food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaltham 29 broccoli seeds mature into robust 24-30\" tall garden brassicas with classic blue-green floreted heads brimming with essential Sulforaphane.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaltham 29 broccoli is a cultivar of Brassica oleracea var. italica specifically grown to withstand the cooler gardens of the American Northeast and Pacific northwest. Recently, non-GMO broccoli has been experiencing a renaissance as a sprout, microgreens, and garden vegetable crop because of the natural-occuring compound Sulforaphane exclusive to members of the brassica (cruciferous) family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWaltham 29 Broccoli Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3 g - Wholesale - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 9,000 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 36,000 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 144,000 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 720,000 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 3,600,000 Seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Waltham 29 broccoli seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818578376,"sku":"18574","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818577864,"sku":"30913","price":5.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818577928,"sku":"30912","price":7.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818578056,"sku":"30909","price":16.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818578120,"sku":"30910","price":47.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818578248,"sku":"10779","price":175.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Broccoli-Waltham_485f50eb-ff6f-4b6e-953d-881c5e7b3f74.jpg?v=1762440247"},{"product_id":"cabbage-golden-acre-seeds","title":"Cabbage Seeds - Golden Acre","description":"\u003cp\u003e65 days. The Golden Acre cabbage is a crop that can be grown in climate zones three through twelve, and is resistant to yellowing diseases. This hardy plant produces heads that are approximately five to seven inches in diameter. They are delicious with a sweet and delicate flavor, which can be used in an array of dishes in the kitchen. After about sixty five days, the heads can be harvested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cabbage-golden-acre-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593103112\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Golden Acre Cabbage Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e brassica oleracea var. capitata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Composted soil with ph level between 6 and 7.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e full to partial sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Golden Acre variety is resistant to yellowing diseases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue-green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety of cabbage can be sown directly outdoors, but in many climates, it is recommended to start them indoors and transplant later on. When transplanting, be sure to harden off the plants throughout an eight-day period. Seeds should be sown in either full or partial sun with about ¼\" of moist and composted soil packed on top of them. Keep plants about 1-2 feet apart and lay them in rows 3 feet apart. Water each seed with about two inches of water throughout each week. The heads should begin to firm up at around 65 days, and when this happens, they are ready for harvest. Each head will be between 5 and 7 inches in diameter. To harvest them, remove the root and stem from the ground with the head. This will ensure that your soil stays healthy afterward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out this \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.medicalnewstoday.com\/articles\/284823.php\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e study\u003c\/a\u003e by Medical News Today about the health benefits of cabbage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 g - Approximately 950 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 27,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 108,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 544,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,720,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818597192,"sku":"18576","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818596680,"sku":"31140","price":6.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818596872,"sku":"31139","price":7.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818597000,"sku":"31136","price":17.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818597064,"sku":"31137","price":47.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818597128,"sku":"16029","price":201.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Cabbage-Seeds-Golden-Acre-comp.jpg?v=1762440248"},{"product_id":"cabbage-mammoth-red-rock-seeds","title":"Cabbage Seeds - Mammoth Red Rock","description":"\u003cp\u003e90 days. The Mammoth Red Rock cabbage has a beautiful reddish-purple tone to its heads, which have a subtle, delicate, and sweet flavor. It is a hardy crop, and grows well in climate zones one through eight. The plant produces large heads after around ninety days. This is an excellent choice for gardeners looking for a classic red cabbage to add to salads, slaws, and other dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cabbage-mammoth-red-rock-microgreens-seeds?variant=46582365512\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Mammoth Red Rock Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e brassica oleracea var. capitata\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, composted soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e full to partial sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to aphids, cabbage root maggots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\/purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Subtle, crisp and sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cabbage variety does well in moderate temperatures, with full or partial sun. Sow seeds indoors five to seven weeks before the last average frost, and transplant outside after four weeks. It is helpful for growth to add compost to the soil when planting them. When the Mammoth Red Rock plants are ready to be transplanted, sow them half an inch deep, with one and a half feet between the plants, in rows with two feet between them. Harden the plants off for a week-long period when transplanting them for the best results. Water plants with two inches of water each week to keep the soil moist. The heads will grow hard and around seven to eight inches in diameter when they are ready to be harvested. This will happen at around 90 days. Harvest the entire plant when you harvest the head. Leaving the stem or even the root in the soil can cause diseases that will affect future crops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hsph.harvard.edu\/nutritionsource\/brussels-sprouts\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e this Medical New Today Article\u003c\/a\u003e about the nutritional content of Cabbage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 g Packet - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 27,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 108,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 544,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,720,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31790694105203,"sku":"48463","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818624520,"sku":"31315","price":5.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818624648,"sku":"31314","price":8.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818624776,"sku":"31312","price":19.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818624904,"sku":"31313","price":61.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18313704570995,"sku":"42243","price":232.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cabbage-mammoth-red-rock-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440251"},{"product_id":"celery-utah-52-70-seeds","title":"Celery Seeds - Utah 52-70","description":"\u003cp\u003e100 days. Utah 52-70 Celery Seeds. \u003cem\u003eApium graveolens var. dulce\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Heirloom. The Utah 52-70 is a variety of celery seed that is ideal for short seasons, as it can be harvested at any point after the stalks reach at least six inches in height. The Utah 52-70 Celery is greener and grows taller than the regular Utah variety. This variety of celery is recommended by Utah State University, and is a good option for gardeners with limited space. Approx. 70,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Utah 52-70 Celery Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eApium graveolens var. dulce\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-10 (Biennial 6-10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Press without covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leafy upright stalk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, fertile, composted, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to root rot from poorly drained soils. Watch for aphids, slugs, and any kind of worms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtah 52-70 Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic light green celery stalks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtah 52-70 Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, crunchy, and crisp with classic celery flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Utah 52-70 Celery from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelery is a cool weather favorite best started in early spring or late summer. Begin indoors 10-12 weeks prior to final frost or 8-10 to first autumn frost. Press without covering 2-3 seeds per cell in Organic, moist, well-drained potting mix with a pH of 6-7. Seeds germinate in 14-21 days, transplant best starts 9-12\" apart in the garden as true leaves establish. Requires steady watering and a cooling top layer of mulch to keep from bolting. Benefits from additional compost throughout the season with properly drained and ventilated soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Utah 52-70 can be sown indoors and transplanted after ten to twelve weeks, or can be sown directly outdoors ten to twelve weeks before the last average frost of the season. These seeds do best in moist soil with a pH level between six and seven. Sow the celery seeds a quarter inch deep in the soil, with twelve inches between plants and eighteen to twenty four inches between rows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUtah 52-70 Celery in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelery is one of the most popular vegetable crops in the entire world yet still seldom grown by many home gardeners. Much like lettuce, broccoli, and kale, garden celery can be harvested repeatedly throughout the season as a \"cut and come again\" variety able to be pushed up until the frost. Once established, celery is one of the most productive and low-maintenance grows of the season, certain to find its way back into the garden bed year after year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhile growing, the Utah 52-70 crops will need plenty of constant watering. When the stalks have reached at least six inches tall, they can be harvested by cutting at the base. The stalks can be refrigerated and used within a couple of weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Utah 52-70 Celery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelery is known to have a longer harvest date but, once established, can offer repeat harvests like leafy greens. Celery can be traditionally harvested whole or in \"cut and come again\" fashion. Harvest outer stalks when at least 6-8\" tall by cutting from the base, allowing inner stalks to continue producing. Be careful of shallow roots cutting above ground. Darker green stalks will yield more nutrition but will also have a more coarse texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Utah 52-70 Celery Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIntroduced by Ferry-Morse Seed Company in 1953.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eImagine tall, tasty, crunchy Organic celery grown in your own backyard. You know it has got to taste better than anything that came from the store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUtah 52-70 is an improved celery that grows taller, with longer ribs, deeper green color and sweeter than the original Utah.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis variety does not need blanching. Disease Resistant for Brown Check, Western Celery Mosaic and Fusarium Race II.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003e1968 Buckerfield Seed Co. says...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Edible stems 9 to 11 inches. Plant larger but just as compact as Utah 15. The best Organic celery on the market.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUtah 52-70 Tall Improved Celery is Recommended by the Following State Universities or Ag Extension Offices as a variety that performs well for their region. \u003cstrong\u003eFL, NY, OR, TX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch4\u003eUtah 52-70 Celery Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 g - Packet - Approx 3,750 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Packet - Approx 70,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 280,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 1,120,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 5,600,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 28,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Utah 52-70 celery seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1.5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818643720,"sku":"18588","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818643016,"sku":"31641","price":8.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818643272,"sku":"31640","price":15.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818643400,"sku":"31639","price":42.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818643528,"sku":"10902","price":152.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18313970843763,"sku":"42248","price":601.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Celery-Seeds-Utah-52-70-comp.jpg?v=1762440253"},{"product_id":"collards-vates-seeds","title":"Collards Seeds - Vates","description":"\u003cp\u003e75 days. Vates Collard Seeds grow, slick and somewhat crumpled leaves on vigorous spreading plants. Their leaves are dark green with pale green veins. These collard plants are slow bolting and frost resistant. Their leaves grow in heads looser than some other collard varieties, and they are crisp and delicious. These seeds grow heads that grow around two to three feet tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Seed Type for this Plant\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/collards-vates-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593488776\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Vates Collard Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brassica oleracea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-85 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e PH level of 6 to 6.5, rich soil with Organic matter is best.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to slugs, snails, and cabbage root maggots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green leaves with yellow stems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Similar to spinach and beet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVates Collard seeds are resistant to a light frost, so their seeds can be sown three to four weeks before the last average frost of the season. Vates Collard seeds thrive when they are in a soil with a pH between 6 and 6.5, which should also be moist. Choose an area with full sun for the collard plants, and be sure to water them often. Keep the leaves themselves dry as you water the seeds, doing so close to the surface of the soil. When sowing these collard seeds, keep 6 inches between plants and 18 inches between each row. After around 75 days, the collard greens will be ready for harvest. Harvest the greens as individual leaves for continual growth all season, or harvest the collard plant whole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 640,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 3,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38818648008,"sku":"18589","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818647688,"sku":"31648","price":5.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818647752,"sku":"31647","price":8.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818647816,"sku":"31645","price":17.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818647880,"sku":"31646","price":52.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38818647944,"sku":"18058","price":196.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/collards-vates-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440253"},{"product_id":"endive-broadleaf-batavian-seeds","title":"Endive Seeds - Broadleaf Batavian","description":"\u003cp\u003e85 days. Escarole type. Broad, slightly twisted outer leaves form around 12 to 16 inch, tight-packed heads. Very deep heart is well blanched, creamy-white, and buttery. Approx. 16,830 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/endive-broadleaf-batavian-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593605384\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing Endive Microgreens \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003ecichorium endivia\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approx 1 Oz. of seed for a 10\"x20\" tray \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Presoak:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowing Medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hydroponic, soil\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreferred Medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hydroponic for microgreens, soil for baby salad greens\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e High\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 to 3 days\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreens Harvest time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 to 15 days\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrogreens Ideal Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 days\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBaby Salad \/ Adult Stage Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16+ days\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicro Greens Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green leaves\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicro Greens Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, contrasting bitter\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/en.wikipedia.org\/wiki\/Endive\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrogreens \u0026amp; baby salad greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarnishes \u0026amp; sandwiches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprouting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurvival food storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGardening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking \u0026amp; seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g- Approximately 400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Approximately 11,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 44,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 179,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 896,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,480,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNotes \u0026amp; Growing Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e Endive is fairly easy to grow. Expose to light on day four. It can be grown past the microgreens stage and can be harvested any time after 10 days. if you are planning on allowing the endive to grow past the microgreens stage, we recommend planting in soil instead of growing hydroponically. If growing hydropoinically, it will be a challenge to get to day 15. Endive microgreens are short, so harvest close to the root line and rinse well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEndive is a pleasant light green color and has a slight bitter taste that makes a nice contrast to strong flavors like sweet, salt and spice. It works well in place of lettuce on sandwiches and as a flavor contrast in microgreens salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e***Note\u003c\/strong\u003e: Although we have indicated the specific medium that this particular seed prefers, you can still experiment with either Hydroponic or Soil mediums. Results may vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31911119487091,"sku":"48587","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38818648712,"sku":"31852","price":6.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38818648776,"sku":"31851","price":10.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38818648840,"sku":"31850","price":25.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38818648904,"sku":"11195","price":79.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18312108540019,"sku":"42227","price":322.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/endive-broadleaf-batavian-seeds.jpg?v=1762440255"},{"product_id":"kohlrabi-purple-vienna-seeds","title":"Kohlrabi Seeds - Purple Vienna","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Purple Vienna seeds produce kohlrabi with purple bulbs and a light green interior. The flavor is mild, resembling the taste of a turnip. This unusual looking vegetable comes from northern Europe, and did not become common in the United States until after the civil war. Approx. 2,250 seeds\/oz\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Purple Vienna Kohlrabi Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brassica oleracea var. gongylodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-drained, pH between 6.5 and 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabbage worms, slugs, grasshoppers and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Vienna Kohlrabi Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow the non-GMO seeds directly in the garden. The Purple Vienna Kohlrabi seeds thrive in well-drained soil with Organic matter, and the resulting plants will need a couple inches of water per week. Growth rate and health may be improved by companion planting with beets, celery, or cucumbers. Harvest the kohlrabi when it is 2 to 3 inches in diameter.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Vienna Kohlrabi in the Square Foot Garden:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant 4 to 9 per square foot, depending on the size you harvest them at.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Uses for Purple Vienna Kohlrabi:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKohlrabi must be prepped in the kitchen before using. First, cut it in half. Slice off the woody top and the bottom of the vegetable. Then remove the core, unless the kohlrabi is fairly small. Finally, use a knife or vegetable peeler to remove the skin. Now it's ready to eat or cook. Kohlrabi have been described as tasting like a turnip or like a cabbage, but sweeter. Raw, they make a great addition to a fresh garden salad. Pureed, they add a distinctive flavor to potato soup or cream of broccoli soup. Kohlrabi can also be roasted with winter squash or steamed.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Vienna Kohlrabi Health Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKohlrabi grown from heirloom Purple Vienna seeds yield a vegetable rich in Vitamin C, an antioxidant that helps heal wounds, synthesize collagen, and absorb iron. It's also rich in vitamin B6, which helps red blood cell production and immunity. Kohlrabi is also a good source of fiber, which helps control blood sugar and support intestinal health. The vegetable is also a source of potassium, a mineral important to heart health.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 g - Approximately 1,100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824717128,"sku":"18608","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824716808,"sku":"32386","price":6.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824716872,"sku":"32385","price":11.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824716936,"sku":"32383","price":29.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824717000,"sku":"32384","price":100.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824717064,"sku":"11997","price":391.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Kohlrabi-Seeds-Purple-Vienna-comp.jpg?v=1762440254"},{"product_id":"kale-vates-blue-scotch-curled-seeds","title":"Kale Seeds - Vates Blue Scotch Curled","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-70 days. Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale Seeds. \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. acephalla\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Heirloom. The premier variety of curled kale, Vates Blue Scotch is a tenacious cold-weather favorite known to thrive in partial shade, cool springs, and can even withstand several inches of snow after the hard autumn frost. Although curled kale can withstand freezing gardens, Vates Blue Scotch is still sensitive to heat and will bolt to seed in the summer warmth. ~8,000 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Seed Type for this Seed\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/kale-vates-blue-scotch-curled-microgreens-seeds?variant=46591953608\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. acephalla\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2 -10 (Biennial 7-10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leafy upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nitrogen-rich, loamy, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e No serious diseases but monitor regularly for aphids, cabbage worms, flea beetles, and thrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light green, nearly white skin and flesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildy sweet, similar to broccoli stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKale is a cool hardy crop able to be sown directly in early spring or late fall. For best starts, begin indoors 3-4 weeks before final spring frost or 6-8 before the first autumn frost. Plant 3-4 seeds 1\/4\" deep per cell and 3-4\" apart in the garden in nitrogen-rich, Organic, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.5. Germinates in 3-10 days, thinning out best starts to 1 plant per pot or every 12-18\" in the garden as true leaves establish. Kale benefits from fertilizer every 4 weeks. Extended summer heat will cause plants to bolt and become bitter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale seeds can be grown in all grow zones, with full or partial sun. Directly sow the seeds one fourth of an inch deep in moist, rich soil, with a pH level between 6.5 and 6.8. Space the seeds eighteen to twenty four inches apart, with two feet between rows. While growing, the soil must be kept moist, but care must be taken to not over water the plants. The outer leaves can be harvested sixty days after sowing. Continuous harvesting is possible if the bud is kept intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled Kale in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKale has recently become one of the most popular vegetables both in and out of the garden. Whether because of unparalleled health benefits, ease of growing, or showy decorative color, there is almost no reason not to have a place for kale in the garden box. Kale is one of the most hardy Brassicas, boasting a tolerance to both heat and cold extremes and even overwintering in moderate climates. Kale is more diverse than you think, available in a variety of unique colors, shapes, sizes, and textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVates Blue Curled Kale (\u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea var. acephala\u003c\/em\u003e) is a highly nutritious plant, and part of the cabbage family. it's more compact than other kale varieties. It will over winter in most zones, but can be planted in in the spring or the fall. Frost actually improves the flavor as kale prefers a cooler environment. Water well during hotter months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKale is versatile, and can be made into crunchy kale chips, added to soups and stews, cooked by itself, and is a delicious addition to salads. Believe it or not, the bitter flavor is lessened when the leaves are gently massaged just before eating or adding to recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost kale is ready to begin harvesting about 60 days from sowing. Kale is a \"cut and come again\" crop and continuously harvesting younger, outer leaves will encourage growth. Carefully cut back any yellowing leaves that may appear at the base. In warm enough climates, kale can produce over winter but, in colder regions, lay a tarp or row cover to further a winter harvest. Kale can be continually harvested for a few weeks if outer leaves are harvested and the center bud is left intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled Kale is a high yielding variety high in nutrients. This crop is leafy and green in color. Vates Blue Scotch Curled Kale dates back to the 1700's and does well in all grow zones, with full or partial sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirst mentioned in garden text around 1863.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDwarf Blue Curled Scotch is an early kale that produces tasty greens when used in salads or steamed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blue-green leaves are finely curled and very attractive reaching 12-15\" in high, and spread to 20-35\" in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtremely hardy and productive. Will over winter with little protection. This is one of the best frost resistant kales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA perfect source of nutritional greens during the cool season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat market garden kale for its flavor and color. Easy to sell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTIP:\u003c\/strong\u003e Saute with olive oil and minced garlic. Just when they become wilty add a touch of balsamic vinegar. Stir, remove from heat and serve. SO GOOD!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVates Blue Scotch Curled Kale Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Packet - Approx 550 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 640,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 3,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Vates Blue Scotch Curled kale seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824720968,"sku":"18607","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39353006391411,"sku":"50953","price":5.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824720712,"sku":"32391","price":8.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824720776,"sku":"32390","price":18.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824720840,"sku":"10744","price":58.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824720904,"sku":"10863","price":220.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Kale_Vates_Blue_Scotch_Curled_Garden_WB_Comp.jpg?v=1778718131"},{"product_id":"leek-large-american-flag-seeds","title":"Leek Seeds - Large American Flag","description":"\u003cp\u003e90-130 days. Large American Flag Leek Seeds. \u003cem\u003eAllium ampeloprasum\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Open Pollinated. Large American Flag seeds produce leeks with large stems and leaves. This hardy crop can tolerate cold climates and can grow in zones 2-11. Leeks have a mild flavor, similar to onions, and can be used in stews, soups, and salads. ~9,000 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/leek-large-american-flag-microgreens-seeds?variant=45692217736\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Large American Flag Leek Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium ampeloprasum\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-11 (Biennial 7-11)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90-130\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sturdy upright stalk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, lighty, fertile, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-75 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e No serious diseases but monitor regularly for aphids, cabbage worms, flea beetles, and thrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge American Flag Leek Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightly green and white stalks, flesh, and meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge American Flag Leek Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildy sweet and onion-like\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Large American Flag Leeks from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeek is an overwintering biennial that boast a milder, less pungent variation of onion while having the same tolerances to frost, disease, and pests. Above the soil, leeks appear to be a thicker and broader onion plant without growing the bulbous root. Leek matures up to 24 inch tall and takes up only a few inches width in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeeks are a cool hardy crop able to be sown directly in early spring or late fall. Begin indoors 10-12 weeks before final spring frost or 6-8 before the first autumn frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/4\" deep per cell and 2-3\" apart in the garden in deeply tilled, Organic, well-drained soil. Germinates in 7-14 days, thinning back to every 4-6\" in the garden. Leeks have a shallow root system and require regular watering and top layer of mulch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLarge American Flag Leeks in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeeks are an overwintering biennial that boast a milder and less pungent variation of the onion, while having all the same tolerances to frost, disease, and pests. Above the soil, leeks appear to be a thicker, broader onion plant without growing the bulbous root. Leek matures up to 24\" tall and takes up only a few inches width in the garden. Grow leeks alongside other winter favorites such as scallions, garlic, shallots, and onion for similar growing and harvesting times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge American Flag Leeks (\u003cem\u003eAllium porrum var. ampeloprasum\u003c\/em\u003e), is also known commonly as Scotch Flag, or Giant Musselburh is tasty vegetable in the onion family, but with a sweeter milder flavor than onions. It has large white, stems, with green leaves at the top. It likes moist soil, but shouldn't be over watered. The flavor is wonderful if extra care is taken to blanch the stalks. Will over winter in warmer climates. American Flag Leek is a biennial, grown as an annual.Leeks are great boiled, fried, baked, and steamed. Also go well in soups, stews, and stir fries. The baby leeks after thinning are great in salads. Leeks have been around since the time of ancient Egypt. Leeks are popular in many cultures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStems grow 10-15\" long and about 2-3\" in diameter. Leek seeds should be planted indoors 50 to 60 days before the last frost. Very hardy; overwinters well in most regions doing well in both southern and northern states. Leeks can also be planted directly in the garden as soon as the soil can be worked. Leeks like long sunny days to grow big. Leeks have few pests or diseases. Hilling your leeks will encourage longer shanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Large American Flag Leek\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany varieties have a longer harvest time but some may be ready as soon as 80 days. Like asparagus spears, harvest leek stalks from beneath the soil by carefully prying them up from the roots with a gardening fork. As a relative of the onion, leeks are also eaten somewhat similarly, with the white portion of the stalk being the most flavorful and prized part of the vegetable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Large American Flag Leek Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginated around 1870.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso called \u003cem\u003eGiant Musselburh\u003c\/em\u003e or \u003cem\u003eScotch Flag\u003c\/em\u003e. Leeks date back to the time of the Ancient Egyptians. Their popularity has grown through many cultures since then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeeks create a tasty pearl-white bulb with huge green leaves. They have a delicate onion flavor that makes them a favorite in soups, stews and salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for the home gardener and market grower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended by the Following State Universities or Ag Extension Offices as a variety that performs well for their region. \u003cstrong\u003eFL, OR, TX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLarge American Flag Leek Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 g - Packet - Approx 475 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approx 9,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 36,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 144,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 720,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 3,600,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Large American Flag leek seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1.5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824721736,"sku":"18630","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824721800,"sku":"32480","price":8.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824721864,"sku":"32479","price":16.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824721928,"sku":"32478","price":44.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lbs","offer_id":10467937812595,"sku":"41104","price":162.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lbs","offer_id":10467958620275,"sku":"41105","price":640.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Leek-Seeds-Large-American-Flag-comp.jpg?v=1762440256"},{"product_id":"lettuce-romaine-parris-island-cos-seeds","title":"Lettuce Seeds - Romaine - Parris Island Cos","description":"\u003cp\u003e65-70 days. The Parris Island Cos lettuce is a Romaine lettuce, which means it is among the most nutritious of lettuce varieties. These non-GMO seeds grow upright into tall heads of lettuce that are ready to harvest in 65 to 70 days. The Parris Island Cos is resistant to mosaic virus, and the leaves have a mildly sweet flavor. Midribs are crunchy and juicy. Because of their higher chlorophyll content, romaine lettuces are among the most nutritious of all lettuces. Excellent performer in the intermountain region. Mosaic tolerant. Approx. 16,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lettuce-parris-island-cos-microgreens-seeds?variant=45187636552\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Parris Island cos. Romaine Lettuce Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Lactuca sativa \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSow Indoors or Outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Outdoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-70 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun or partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests\/problems:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to aphids, earwigs, cutworms, and white mold. Resistant to mosaic virus. Lettuce that is crowded while growing will have a bitter taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \n \n \u003cli\u003e2.5 g - Approximately 2,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 10,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n \n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart by sowing the non-GMO seeds 1\/8 inch in soil, one inch apart, in rows twelve to eighteen inches apart. Make sure to allow enough space between seeds for the lettuce to grow, as overcrowding can cause the lettuce to have a bitter taste. Firm the soil lightly. While growing, keep the soil well watered. Harvest between 65 and 70 days after planting, to ensure the lettuce doesn't become too mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eParis Island Green Lettuce is easy to grow and grows quickly. Keep dark with the black out dome for the first 3 days then flip the lid on day 4 and 5 to stress and strenghten the crop. Easy to grow, flavorful microgreens. The interesting color combinations make them great garnishes or additions to any salad. Lettuce Microgreens seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2.5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824727880,"sku":"18615","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824727624,"sku":"32522","price":7.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824727688,"sku":"32521","price":13.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824727752,"sku":"32519","price":34.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824727816,"sku":"32520","price":120.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18334881316979,"sku":"42254","price":472.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lettuce-Seeds-Romaine-Parris-Island-Cos-comp.jpg?v=1762440258"},{"product_id":"mustard-mizuna-red-streaks-seeds","title":"Mustard Seeds - Mizuna Red Streaks","description":"\u003cp\u003e45 days. 20 days for baby leaf. With a mild peppery mustard flavor, this green is great for salads as a baby green or a full-size green. The stalk has a great flavor as well and the splashes of red add color to mixes. It is a fast grower and has good heat tolerance allowing it to bolt later than lettuce. Approx. 17,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mustard-mizuna-red-streaks-microgreens-seeds?variant=45195660424\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Red Streaks Mizuna Mustard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e brassica\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-45\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun \/ Tolerant to some shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistances:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cousin to kale and collards, mustard is a tenacious leafy green but it's not as cold-hardy. Grow in clumps about 12-18 inches apart. Use straw mulch to hold in soil moisture. Start 4-6 weeks before the first frost for a fall harvest. For a spring harvest, start seeds 4 weeks ahead of the last frost. You can harvest and allow to regrow over a period of a couple weeks as long as the weather permits. Cut leafy greens 3-4 inches from the ground and allow sufficient time to regrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":40521721774195,"sku":"59704","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":38824728392,"sku":"32818","price":7.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":38824728456,"sku":"32817","price":11.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Lb","offer_id":38824728520,"sku":"32816","price":29.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":38824728584,"sku":"16247","price":101.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18334863753331,"sku":"42252","price":396.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mustard-mizuna-red-streaks-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440258"},{"product_id":"mustard-red-giant-seeds","title":"Mustard Seeds -  Japanese Red Giant","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-80 days. \u003cem\u003eBrassica juncea var. rugosa\u003c\/em\u003e. Japanese Red Giant Mustard Seeds. Non-GMO. Annual. Exceptionally broad-leafed and textured, Red Giant (Aka taka-na) is a Japanese mustard green specifically grown for its wide, crepe-like purple leaves and exotic, spicy mustard flavor. Though, it can be harvested as a microgreen, baby leaf, or at maturity. Like many fruits and vegetables sharing deep red hues, Red Giant boasts compounds and antioxidants known to help protect against free radicals. Its baby leaves are very popular in mixed green salads, stir-fried, or pickled in traditional Japanese cuisine. ~12,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Mustard Herb Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Japanese Red Giant Mustard Herb Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Mustard Herb Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica juncea\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 3-10 (Biennial 8-10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounding leafy green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, loamy, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-75 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to both leaf-eating and sap-sucking pests such as caterpillars, snails, slugs, aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Giant Mustard Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large savoy leaves are deep purplish red with green midribs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Giant Mustard Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slightly peppered and spicy greens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Red Giant Mustard from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard plant is a cool-hardy favorite best sown direct 4-6 weeks before the final frost date or can be started indoors for transplants. Sow 3-4 seeds .5\" deep and 2-3\" apart in fertile, well-drained soil in full sun to part shade. Seeds germinate in 4-7 days, thinning to 1 plant every 12-18\" in the garden once true leaves establish. Harvest large outer leaves, allowing smaller leaves to continue to mature. Provide midsummer shade in warmer climates. It can also be grown for the microgreen and baby leaf stages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour mustard crop will give off a peppery scent and spicy flavor with hints of tang. Similar to kale, Mustard continues growing leafy greens through the season. As the warm temperature rises, Red Giant Mustard will bloom yellow flowers before setting seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough tolerant to diseases, monitor regularly for aphids, flea beetles, slugs, and caterpillars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRed Giant Mustard in the Herb Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn general, mustard is an ideal garden plant to grow near herbs. As a hardy leafy green that provides peppery and tangy flavor, Red Giant Mustard is a vegetable that is commonly grown for its culinary and herbal benefits. This Japanese mustard variety develops crimped burgundy-colored leaves variegated with green and growing 10\" long\"making Red Giant Mustard perfect to mix in fresh salads, cook as savory greens or harvest its spicy seeds to use as herbal remedies!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (\u003cem\u003eBrassica juncea\u003c\/em\u003e) Red Giant Mustard grows as a hardy leafy vegetable reaching 12-24\" tall. As a biennial, this Japanese mustard variety blooms from late spring throughout the summer or again as a fall crop. Harvest the baby mustard greens of earlier in the season. Once your plants reach maturity, Red Giant Mustard develops crimped burgundy-colored variegated green leaves that grow 10\" long!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard is currently in its renaissance as a vital sprouting, microgreens, and cover crop variety grown just as popularly on the kitchen counter as in the garden bed. Mustard leaf features a wide selection of color, flavor, and leaf types such as classic broadleaf, curly, and mizuna. As a cover crop, mustard is sown in the fall to repair and replenish depleted and hardened soils, only to be mulched back into the spring garden as an all-natural Organic \"green\" fertilizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Red Giant Mustard\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of mustard are ready for harvest about 80 days from sowing. Like other Brassicas such as kale, broccoli, and collards, mustard leaf is a \"cut and come again\" crop able to produce well into the frost. Carefully cut outermost leaves from the stem while leaving rest of the plant intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard can be left in the garden to easily reseed for next season. Sow mustard in the fall to overwinter and till back into the soil for a springtime nitrogen-rich Organic fertilizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard greens may be harvested throughout the season, as long as they are sprouting. As a rule of thumb, it is important to never harvest more than 1\/3 to 2\/3 of the plant at one time, so that it will continue to grow. If you want to continue growing leaves longer, pluck off the flowers as they come in. Once the flowers blossom, the leaves will no longer grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Red Giant Mustard Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Giant Mustard is very similar to the Japanese Giant Garnet (milder in taste-usually harvested at the baby leaf stage) and Red Garnet mustards (grown to maturity or as microgreens). Though these are each separate, individual varieties. They share many of the same uses. Red Giant, however, is favored for its traditional use in pickled Japanese cuisine. It can also appear redder in warm weather while its inner leaves will remain greener with cooler temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Giant Mustard hails from the Orient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Giant is cold tolerant and slow to bolt, giving you a long growing season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery colorful plant, and is used many times for garden borders because of its spectacular purple color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat in urban gardens and on the farm alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlternate row plantings with Green Wave Mustard for a real show stopper!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs mustard in general, is a leafy green garden vegetable that's commonly grown for its culinary and herbal benefits, Red Giant Mustard varieties are most often used in cooking. Due to the tender, spicy and savory flavor this Japanese Mustard provides, it's best to use the fresh burgundy-colored mustard leaves in a salad mix such as sesame chicken or in a medley with arugula, radicchio and endive!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended by the Following State Universities or Ag Extension Offices as a variety that performs well for their region. \u003cstrong\u003eOR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRed Giant Mustard Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Packet - Approx 400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Red Giant mustard seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3 G Packet","offer_id":40005914296435,"sku":"59707","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824729096,"sku":"32852","price":6.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824729160,"sku":"32851","price":10.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824729224,"sku":"32850","price":24.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824729288,"sku":"10745","price":79.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824729352,"sku":"11485","price":306.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mustard-red-giant-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_3ba7c623-ef7d-4530-a474-ce22619fcb31.jpg?v=1764633822"},{"product_id":"mustard-mizuna-seeds","title":"Mustard Seeds - Mizuna","description":"\u003cp\u003e30 days. This japanese mustard green has dandelion-like jagged edged green leaves with a mild, sweet, earthy flavor. Mizuna grows fast and makes an excellent salad green. It can be harvested a few outside leaves at a time, or cut the whole head near ground. It is also used in stir-fry and soups. Also wonderful as a microgreen. Approx. 17,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mustard-mizuna-microgreens-seeds?variant=45188669064\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Mizuna Mustard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e brassica\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25-30\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun \/ Tolerant to some shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistances:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,800,000 Seed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 Gram Packet","offer_id":31919978119283,"sku":"48633","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824729736,"sku":"32822","price":5.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824729800,"sku":"32821","price":8.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824729864,"sku":"32820","price":18.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824729928,"sku":"16159","price":55.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824730056,"sku":"16211","price":206.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/mustard-mizuna-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440259"},{"product_id":"southern-giant-curled-mustard-seed","title":"Mustard Seeds - Southern Giant Curled","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Southern Giant Curled Mustard Seeds from True Leaf Market. Southern Giant Curled Mustard is a staple in Southern gardens. It has large, bright green fringed and curled leaves with a mild flavor. Originating in the Himalayan region of India over 5,000 years ago, mustard greens spread throughout China and then the rest of the world.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Southern Giant Curled Mustard Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brassica juncea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-45 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slightly acidic to neutral\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aphids, flea beetle, Alternaria leaf spot, powdery mildew, downy mildew\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright green leaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Southern Giant Curled Mustard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants from non-GMO, heirloom Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds like cooler weather. You can grow them in the summer in cooler climates and during the spring or fall in hotter climates. Plants don't tolerate well temperatures over 85 degrees. Sow the seeds directly in the ground, about 1\/4\" deep, and later thin to about 12\" apart. The plants can also be started indoors for a longer growing season. Succession planting is recommended for a continual harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard prefers a well-amended soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Culinary Uses for Southern Giant Curled Mustard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreens grown from Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds make a great addition to your fresh summer salad. They can also be added to soups for added flavor and texture. You can substitute it for spinach in a quiche. They can be blended into mashed potatoes. The greens can also be eaten alone boiled, steamed, or stir-fried. Note that they shouldn't be cooked in aluminum or iron pots, because they will turn black when touching these metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHealth Benefits of Southern Giant Curled Mustard:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMustard greens are high in vitamins A, C, and K. These vitamins help support the immune system, protect cells from free radical damage, and absorb iron. Greens grown from Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds also contain glucosinolates. Preliminary studies show that glucosinolates may help fight cancer cells and inhibit the formation of tumors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFast-growing microgreens can also be produced from these Southern Giant Curled Mustard seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 g - Approximately 2,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824730760,"sku":"18628","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39361893564531,"sku":"50969","price":5.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824730504,"sku":"32867","price":6.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824730568,"sku":"32865","price":13.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824730632,"sku":"32866","price":35.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824730696,"sku":"18078","price":129.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Mustard-Seeds-Southern-Giant-Curled-comp.jpg?v=1762440261"},{"product_id":"mustard-tatsoi-seeds","title":"Mustard Seeds - Tatsoi","description":"\u003cp\u003e50 days. Non-GMO, Heirloom Tatsoi Mustard Herb Garden Seed from True Leaf Market. Brassica rapa subsp. narinosa. Tatsoi Mustard or \"Spoon Mustard\" comes from China and gained tradition as a tender culinary herb in Japan. As a relative to bok choy and Chinese cabbage varieties, Tatsoi Mustard is a cold-hardy biennial with active growth that can overwinter in regions with mild winters! This rounded no-heading mustard often called \"Tat Choy\" is a popular savory dish with \"spoon-shaped\" forest-green leaves that can be sauteed, steamed or fried with rich seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mustard-tatsoi-microgreens-seeds?variant=46592692488\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTatsoi Mustard Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brassica rapa subsp. narinosa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25+(baby greens) 40-50+(leaves, seeds) Biennial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\/low-growth\/rounded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, loose and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabbage worms, flea beetles, clubroot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small forest-green leaves, light-green stalks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender, mild mustard, nutty, pepper, similar to bok choy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTatsoi Mustard Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Brassica rapa subsp. narinosa) Tatsoi Mustard grows as an active leafy herb reaching 8-10\" tall and 1\" wide with low-growth. As a biennial, this cold-hardy mustard variety blooms from late spring throughout the summer or again as a fall crop. Harvest the baby greens of Tatsoi Mustard earlier in the season. Once your plants reach full maturity, \"Spoon Mustard\" will develop tender forest-green leaves from light-green stalks. As Tatsoi Mustard easily produces, your crop will give off a peppery scent with mild mustard and look similar to cabbage or bok choy. Tatsoi Mustard continues growing leafy greens, before the warm temperatures rise, causing mustard to bloom small yellow flowers and set seed. Tatsoi is a mustard variety that can stand in regions with mild winters as a snow-covered herb that bounces back next spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Culinary Uses of Tatsoi Mustard Garden Herb\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a relative to bok choy and cabbage, Tatsoi Mustard came from China and gained its popularity in cooking in Japan. As a traditional leafy green in Asian cuisine, Tatsoi Mustard is often made as Komatsuna greens that can be sauteed, steamed or fried with savory foods such as scrambled eggs, soy sauce, sesame oil or with tofu in a soup dish! The mild mustard will pair well with fresh salads or compliment seafood and pasta recipes, as scallops can bring out the nutty flavor of Tatsoi Mustard greens, similar to bok choy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Crop Benefits of Growing Tatsoi Mustard Garden Herb \u0026amp; Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a cold hardy biennial herb, Tatsoi Mustard is easy to plant and actively grows. This mustard variety that's related to Chinese cabbage varieties, can be sown and develop successfully during the autumn's cooler conditions and stand in regions with mild winters! As a leafy biennial crop in many gardens, Tatsoi Mustard Herbs are productive, non heading and are known as a cut-and-come-back crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTatsoi Mustard Garden Herb Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cousin to kale and collards, mustard is a tenacious leafy green but it's not as cold-hardy. Grow in clumps about 12-18 inches apart. Use straw mulch to hold in soil moisture. Start 4-6 weeks before the first frost for a fall harvest. For a spring harvest, start seeds 4 weeks ahead of the last frost. You can harvest and allow to regrow over a period of a couple weeks as long as the weather permits. Cut leafy greens 3-4 inches from the ground and allow sufficient time to regrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 g Packet","offer_id":31932754690163,"sku":"48744","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824731272,"sku":"32897","price":5.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824731336,"sku":"32896","price":8.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824731400,"sku":"32895","price":18.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824731464,"sku":"37840","price":58.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824731528,"sku":"14024","price":220.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Mustard_Tatsoi_Comp.jpg?v=1770695493"},{"product_id":"nasturtium-jewel-mix-flower-seeds","title":"Nasturtium Seeds - Jewel Mix","description":"\u003cp\u003e54-63 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eTropaeolum majus\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Nasturtium Jewel Mix Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, heirloom. Jewel Mix nasturtium is brilliant, easy to grow from seed, and perfectly suited for many dry and temperate climates. Jewel Mix seeds will excite your home, patio, and garden with fast-growing 18-24 inches tall nasturtium bursting with 2.5 inch papery blooms of canary, peach, carmine, and salmon. Jewel Mix nasturtium seeds are vigorous garden performers and ideal for kids or novice gardeners to try as a vibrant accent to flower beds, fences, and walkways. With exception to its roots, Jewel Mix nasturtium is a popularly edible variety including worldwide use of its leaves, pods, seeds, buds, and especially its flowers. ~225 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual in zones 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; Perennial in zones 9, 10, 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54-63\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e14-21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dwarfed spreading upright and low-growing flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, evenly moist, well-drained soil. Chalky, clayey, and sandy soils are all acceptable. Tolerant to a variety of pH levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun to part shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nasturtium has no serious pests or diseases, but monitor regularly for aphids, whiteflies, thrips, and mealybugs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Jewel Mix Nasturtium Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Papery blooms of canary, peach, carmine, and salmon atop lush greens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Direct Sow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 6-8 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Organic Jewel Mix Nasturtium Flower Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJewel Mix Nasturtium is easy to grow from seed and recommended for direct sowing outdoors when the soil temperature is at least 50 F. Start Jewel Mix nasturtium seeds indoors 6-8 weeks prior to final frost. Nasturtium seeds will germinate in 2-3 weeks and, once germinated, move to fluorescent grow light for 16 hours of light per day until two sets of true leaves have developed. Transplant seedlings to indoor containers, or harden off if transplanting to a shaded spot outside. If starting indoors, be sure to harden off before planting outdoors. For direct sowing, plant 2-3 Jewel Mix Nasturtium seeds per hole. The optimal soil temperature is 65 F. Plant again in early July for continuous blooms throughout mild winters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMulch around the base of the plants to suppress weeds and reduce watering needs. Deadheading spent blooms or removing prime blossoms for consumption will increase flower production throughout the season. Nasturtiums are one of the first plants to bloom in the spring and will be one of the last to fade in the fall with minimal effort on your part! Jewel Mix also performs well in containers. Group 3-5 plants in a 10-inch deep pot. Provide mulch and increase the watering schedule when growing in containers. Nasturtium will self-sow in mild winters. Although Jewel Mix nasturtium is tolerant to drought and poor soil, plants will show signs of wilt and decline by mid-summer once daytime heat becomes too extreme. Unlike other varieties of nasturtium, Jewel Mix is a dwarfed variety and does not require the same full sun as much taller cultivars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Jewel Mix Nasturtium in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Jewel Mix of Nasturtiums will attract hummingbirds, butterflies, and many smiles! They are a perfect, easy-to-grow groundcover for many styles. Group them closer together for a quick-filling option, or allow them to sprawl through the season for a wild look!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Organic Jewel Mix Nasturtium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany cooks and gardeners use the leaves and flowers in salads, sushi, and other dishes. They are similar to water-cress in flavor and texture, slightly peppery. With the exception of its roots, the nasturtium plant is entirely edible including its leaves, pods, seeds, buds, and especially the flowers often used in salads and stir-fries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Organic Jewel Mix Nasturtium Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTropaeolum majus\u003c\/em\u003e, commonly called nasturtium (Nah-Stur-Shum), is native to the warm subtropics of the 10,000-ft high Andes mountains in Bolivia and Colombia. Nasturtium receives its common name from an oil it produces similar to watercress (Nasturtium officinale). \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTropaeolum majus\u003c\/em\u003e, or Nasturtium, can also be known as Indian cress, Mexican cress, and Peruvian cress. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNasturtiums are also grown as a perennial in zones 9-11. Simply allow them to persist. Prune back each year to keep them under control. They will self-seed and send up new shoots each spring if not contained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\"Nasturtiums are so easy to grow from seed, they are perfect for gifts no matter their experience level!\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eOrganic Organic Jewel Mix Nasturtium Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 g - Approximately 40 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 g - Approximately 80 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 225 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 900 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 3,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 18,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 90,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Jewel Mix Nasturtium seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg","offer_id":38824732296,"sku":"18759","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10g Pkg","offer_id":38824732360,"sku":"18849","price":3.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824731976,"sku":"18558","price":5.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824732040,"sku":"32937","price":8.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824732104,"sku":"32936","price":19.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824732168,"sku":"16685","price":61.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824732232,"sku":"18124","price":234.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Nasturtium-Seeds-Jewel-Mix-comp.jpg?v=1762440263"},{"product_id":"rutabaga-american-purple-top-seeds","title":"Rutabaga Seeds - American Purple Top","description":"\u003cp\u003e90 days. \u003cem\u003eBrassica napus\u003c\/em\u003e var. \u003cem\u003enapobrassica\u003c\/em\u003e. American Purple Top Rutabaga Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, heirloom, open-pollinated. This crop is suitable for garden plots, fields, raised beds, and containers. American Purple Top is a USU-recommended rutabaga with large, 5-6-inch, nearly round roots with purple over yellow skin, mild, fine-grained yellow flesh that turns golden when cooked, and stores well for winter use. ~12,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rutabaga-american-purple-top-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593645512\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica napus\u003c\/em\u003e var. \u003cem\u003enapobrassica\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25-0.5 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, best sown directly into cool soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Optional, 3-4 weeks before last frost; transplant carefully to avoid disturbing roots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright rosette root crop\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, well-drained soil with consistent moisture; pH 6.0-7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler 45-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watch for flea beetles, cabbage root maggots, aphids, and cabbage worms; use rotation and good drainage to reduce clubroot and other brassica diseases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmerican Purple Top Rutabaga Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large 5-6 inch nearly round roots with purple tops and yellow skins; yellow flesh turns golden to orange when cooked\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmerican Purple Top Rutabaga Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet, fine-grained; excellent for mashing, roasting, and stews, especially after frost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool weather, frost tolerant; ideal as a fall crop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing American Purple Top Rutabaga in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmerican Purple Top rutabaga performs best as a cool-season root crop. Direct sow in early spring as soon as soil can be worked, or sow in mid to late summer for fall harvest. Prepare a fertile, well-drained bed and sow seeds 0.25-0.5 inches deep in rows 12-18 inches apart. Keep soil evenly moist during germination, which typically takes 7-10 days in cool soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce seedlings have several true leaves, thin to 6 inches between plants so roots have room to size up. Avoid allowing soil to dry out or become waterlogged. Consistent moisture and a balanced side-dress of fertilizer or compost help produce smooth, fine-textured roots. For fall crops, time sowing so roots mature in cool weather, as light frosts improve sweetness and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting of American Purple Top Rutabaga\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoots are usually ready to harvest around 90 days from sowing, when they reach about 4-6 inches across and have well-colored purple tops. Use a garden fork to loosen the soil, then carefully pull the roots to avoid damage. Remove foliage, leaving about 0.5 inch of stem to reduce storage rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRutabagas hold well in the ground during cool weather and can be dug as needed until the soil freezes. For long-term storage, cure roots briefly in a cool, shaded, well-ventilated area, then store in a root cellar or refrigerator in a slightly moist medium. Properly stored roots keep for months, retaining their fine texture and sweet flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout American Purple Top Rutabaga Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmerican Purple Top is a classic heirloom rutabaga and a standard market variety, long valued for its high yields, fine-grained yellow flesh, and excellent winter-keeping quality. Large, nearly round roots with purple shoulders and yellow skins are attractive both in the garden and at market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild, sweet, and slightly earthy, the flesh turns rich golden or orange when cooked. American Purple Top rutabaga is delicious mashed like potatoes, roasted with other root vegetables, baked into casseroles, or added to soups and stews. It is also recommended by Utah State University and other extension services as a dependable, high-quality fall and winter root crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Sow rutabagas for a fall harvest so roots can size up in cool weather. Thin promptly to 6 inches, keep soil consistently moist, and let plants catch a light frost or two before digging for the sweetest, best-flavored roots.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/jerry-sawyer-compressed.jpg?v=1653940293\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Jerry Sawyer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eAmerican Purple Top Rutabaga Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 g Packet - Approximately 1,690 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO American Purple Top Rutabaga seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31963644330099,"sku":"48871","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39365860098163,"sku":"51113","price":5.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824741704,"sku":"17892","price":6.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824741768,"sku":"34110","price":13.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824741832,"sku":"34111","price":35.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38824741896,"sku":"16712","price":128.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Rutabaga-American-Purple-Top-Comp.jpg?v=1765587316"},{"product_id":"swiss-chard-rainbow-mixture-seeds","title":"Swiss Chard Seeds - Rainbow Mixture","description":"\u003cp\u003e60 days. The Rainbow Mixture Swiss Chard seed mix is a blend of different colored swiss chard varieties. The chard can grow in zones 6 and up, and the leaves can be harvested after around sixty days. The Rainbow Mixture Swiss Chard leaves have a bitter taste, similar to that of spinach. Our own blend of colored swiss chards includes red, yellow, orange, white, and vivid pink stems that merge into dark green savoyed leaves. The rainbow heads are slow to bolt and quite lovely in bunches. This variety is ornamental\/edible landscaping at its best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swiss-chard-rainbow-mixture-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593686152\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Swiss Chard Rainbow Mixture Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e beta vulgaris subsp. circla\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich soil with a pH level of 6 to 6.4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full or Partial Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to Slugs and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green tops with variegated stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bitter, similar to spinach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rainbow Mixture Swiss Chard seeds will all appear similar, but each one is a different color in its stem and veins. Seeds should be sown a week or so before the final frost of the season. This variety does have some tolerance to the cold, but it shouldn't be overestimated. It may be beneficial to sow seeds indoors and transplant seedlings, but in most zones 6 or higher, these seeds can be sown directly. Sow the seeds about a quarter of an inch deep in rich, sandy soil. Adding a compost to the soil can help it be at the correct pH, which is between 6 and 6.4, ideally. Sow them in an area with full or partial sun, and keep them consistently watered. Sow seeds with 18\" between plants as well as rows. After around 60 days, the stems will be full sized and ready to be harvested. To do so, detach each one from the plant about an inch above the ground without damaging the plant. This will allow it to continue to grow and produce more throughout the summer season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow chard in soil only, not hydroponically, as much more difficult. Chard has a very similar taste to spinach and is in the same family as beet greens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 4,450 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 17,480 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 88,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824746760,"sku":"18685","price":3.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824746504,"sku":"34482","price":8.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824746568,"sku":"34481","price":16.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824746632,"sku":"34480","price":44.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824746696,"sku":"12061","price":162.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18311805993075,"sku":"42222","price":640.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Swiss-Chard-Seeds-Rainbow-Mixture-comp.jpg?v=1762440266"},{"product_id":"swiss-chard-ruby-red-seeds","title":"Swiss Chard Seeds - Ruby Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e55 days. This plant produces good yields of dark green shiny leaves with ruby red stalks and veins. Both the stems and the leaves xcellent for salads and steamed with other vegetables and greens. This plant yields all summer long into the fall, with stems that can be individually harvested after around fifty five days. The Swiss Chard Ruby Red is a variety that can grow to be two feet tall. These leaves taste slightly bitter, similar to spinach, with fresh and crunchy texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/swiss-chard-ruby-red-microgreens-seeds?variant=46593691400\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Ruby Red Swiss Chard Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beta vulgaris subsp. vulgaris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety:\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Ruby Red\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003eRhubarb Chard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-55 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½-1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, acidic and well-drained with pH level 6.0-8.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003eAphids, spinach leaf miners and cercospora leaf spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forest-green variegated leaves with burgundy stalks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crisp or savory with hints of spinach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirectly-sow Ruby Red Swiss Chard seeds 2-3 weeks before your region's final spring frost or once the soil is 50°. In more temperate regions, start chard seeds indoors in April. In southern climates, chard can overwinter. Sow in early fall and lay down mulch in order to keep plants cool. Once These crisp, nutrient-rich plants reach 3-4\" tall, harden off seedlings before transplanting outside. Ruby Red Chard plants prefer rich, loose and well-drained soil that's more acidic with a pH level of 6.0-7.0. Plant seeds ½-1\" deep with 6-10\" apart and 18-24\" in between rows to allow room for growth. it's recommended to thin your plants, as annual swiss chard seeds produce multiple plants at a time. Germination will take 1-2 weeks and should be watered regularly. As a member of the amaranth family, chard thrives in full sun, but can withstand partial shade. If you're planting an abundant fall crop, harvest the mature leaves of your chard plants to help add to their \"cut and come back\" regrowth. Chard plants can overwinter in southern climates, as this variety is sown as a biennial. During the hotter summer season, Ruby Red Swiss Chard will slow their growth. These cold hardy veggies prefer cooler conditions and survive temperatures as low as 15°! Even though chard has a similar taste to spinach, Ruby Red Swiss Chard is noted for providing more of a pleasant flavor than beet greens. For more savory flavor, pan-fry the forest-green leaves and crisp stalks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs this burgundy-colored variety is fast-maturing, harvest Ruby Red Swiss Chard 50-55 days from the sowing date. Be sure to also harvest Ruby Red Swiss Chard plants before their forest-green leaves become too large, as their flavor will thrive before they reach full maturity. You can harvest chard by cutting the entire plant about 1\" above the soil or snipping the outer mature leaves with gardening shears. Even though chard has a similar taste to spinach and beet greens, these leafy annual vegetables can be pan-fried to bring out their more pleasant and savory flavor. Store your Ruby Red Swiss Chard crop in a sealed plastic bag in the fridge for up to 7 days. Be sure to not wash before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeta vulgaris subsp. vulgaris have been grown since 350 BC. Chard seeds come from a beet variety and are members of the amaranth family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Approximately 930 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 3,720 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 14,880 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 74,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 372,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38824748168,"sku":"18687","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38824747912,"sku":"34514","price":5.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824747976,"sku":"34513","price":7.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824748040,"sku":"34512","price":15.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824748104,"sku":"16012","price":42.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18311786332275,"sku":"42221","price":144.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/swiss-chard-ruby-red-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440266"},{"product_id":"turnip-purple-top-white-globe-seeds","title":"Turnip Seeds - Purple Top White Globe","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-60 days. Purple Top White Globe Turnip Seeds. \u003cem\u003e Brassica rapa subsp. rapa\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Open Pollinated. Purple Top White Globe Turnip seeds grow into cool season root vegetables that are hardy biennials. These bulb-shaped plants are one of the most diverse veggies, as turnips are in the brassicae category and have many varieties within its family. All turnips produce edible leaves and roots, making Purple Top White Globe seeds a gardener's dream to grow! ~12,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/turnip-purple-top-white-globe-microgreens-seeds?variant=46594198920\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreens\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Purple Top White Globe Turnip Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003e Brassica rapa subsp. rapa\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bulbous-rooted upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, Organic, composted, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-65 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Top White Globe Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radiant purple root tops and white base beneath the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Top White Globe Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, smooth, hearty with mild pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to clubroot and oversaturation known to cause mildew, rot, fungal disease. Watch for aphids and flea beetles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Purple Top White Globe Turnip from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurnip is a cool-season vegetable sown 3-4 weeks before final spring frost or mid-late summer to allow maturing plants cooler fall weather for harvesting. Like other root vegetables, turnip does not transplant well and should always be directly sown. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/2\" deep and 1-2\" apart in Organically composted, well-tilled, and well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurnip seeds germinate in 3-10 days, thin out healthiest starts to every 4-6\" in the garden as true leaves establish. Turnip seeds thrive with a top layer of mulch to help cool soil and roots. Unlike other root vegetables, turnip benefits from a nitrogen-rich fertilizer during vegetative growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePurple Top White Globe Turnip in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurnip is one of the unsung heroes of the garden bed along with rutabaga, kohlrabi, and celeriac. One of the rare root crops whose leafy greens might be more popular than the root itself, tender turnip greens are able to be harvested well into fall similar to spinach or collards. Most varieties of turnip are ready to harvest in about 50 days when bright purple roots begin to show, but always taste best if harvested after a light frost or two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica rapa subsp. rapa\u003c\/em\u003e varieties are native to the eastern and mid-regions of Asia. Turnips are hardy biennials in the mustard family. This plant category of cool season root veggies were first cultivated in Europe during the 16th century, where turnips predated potato crops in places like England.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Purple Top White Globe Turnip\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest Purple Top White Globe Turnips 55 days from the sowing date or once the roots have grown 4\" wide. it's recommended to pick biennial turnips sooner than later, as their smaller bulb size contains more flavor. Generally, turnips are fast-growing. Be sure to keep an eye on their size. Harvest root vegetables by lifting up the roots with a gardening fork or by digging up the entire plant. You can also harvest the peppery and edible green leaves of turnips once they've grown 3\" wide. Don't cut more than 3 leaves off at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on variety, turnip is ready for harvest about 40-70 days from sowing or when roots begin pushing up and showing 3-4\" diameter above soil. Turnip greens are just as popular as the turnip root and can be quickly harvested while still young and tender during root production. Turnips are shallow-rooted and can be harvested from the ground like a potato or radish by firmly pulling out of the soil. If possible, harvest after the first autumn frost for best flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Purple Top White Globe Turnip Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e Brassica rapa subsp. rapa\u003c\/em\u003e. (50-60 Days)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurple Top White Globe Turnips make a healthy alternative to savory dishes we find appetizing, such as potatoes. Many gardeners dream about when they can grow their next heirloom crop, as sweet and smooth flavor comes from the turnips\" roots.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eAs one of the oldest and most diverse culinary treats, turnips also take on a heartiness similar to carrots when they're cooked with garlic or rosemary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1881 D.M. Ferry Catalog says about American Purple Top Turnip Seeds...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"A variety of the purple top flat turnip, from which it originated. We are inclined to think that this new variety will in time be as largely used as the purple top flat turnip is now. It is globular in form, and quite as large as the Pomeranean White Globe, of beautiful appearance, of most excellent quality, and equally desirable for table or stock. It is undoubtedly a fine market sort, and keeps well.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1927 Burrell's Seed Catalog says about American Purple Top Turnip Seeds...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"This excellent table variety is globular in shape, of good size and very attractive appearance. The roots are large, purple or dark red above the ground, white below. The flesh is white, fine grained and tender. The roots, when in best condition for the table, are about 3 inches in diameter, but can be grown much larger for stock feeding. This sort keeps well for so early a variety and is one of the best for market use. Sometimes known as Red Top White Globe.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1935 Isbell's Seed Co. catalog says about American Purple Top Turnip Seeds...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\"One of the handsomest and most salable turnips. Desirable for either home or market. Large, rapid-growing sort, with globular-shaped roots, under portion being white and top bright purple. Flesh pure white, fine grained and of fine flavor. Sure cropper and splendid keeper. Grown extensively here in Michigan as well as in most other sections; a heavy yielder. Ready to use in 65 days.\"\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmerican Purple Top Turnip Seeds is recommended by the Following State Universities or Ag Extension Offices as a variety that performs well for their region. \u003cstrong\u003eFL, OR, TX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePurple Top White Globe Turnip Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7 g - Packet - Approximately 3,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Purple Top White Globe turnip seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"7 g Package","offer_id":38824749896,"sku":"18703","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Oz","offer_id":39372112101491,"sku":"51242","price":5.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38824749640,"sku":"17812","price":7.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38824749704,"sku":"34856","price":14.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38824749768,"sku":"34857","price":41.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18311763099763,"sku":"42216","price":145.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Turnip_Seeds_-_Purple_Top-White-Globe-Comp.jpg?v=1762440267"},{"product_id":"cauliflower-snowball-y-improved-seeds","title":"Cauliflower Seeds - Snowball Y Improved","description":"\u003cp\u003e70-80 days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea\u003c\/em\u003e var. \u003cem\u003ebotrytis\u003c\/em\u003e. Snowball Y Improved Cauliflower Seeds. Non-GMO, heirloom, open-pollinated, annual. This is suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, containers, and fields. Snowball Y Improved is a classic self-blanching strain that curls its own leaves around the head for a clean, snow-white finish. Expect dense, heavy 6-inch heads with a mild, sweet flavor, and strong performance in short-season spring or fall gardens. ~8,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea\u003c\/em\u003e var. \u003cem\u003ebotrytis\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-80\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 4-6 weeks before transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich, well-drained soil with consistent moisture; pH 6.0-6.8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler 55-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-75 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watch for cabbage worms, flea beetles, aphids, and slugs. Use row cover early, rotate crops, and water at soil level to reduce foliar disease pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnowball Y Improved Cauliflower Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snow white head; silvery green leaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnowball Y Improved Cauliflower Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet, and buttery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container, Fields\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool Weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Snowball Y Improved Cauliflower in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCauliflower prefers cool, steady conditions. Start seeds indoors 4-6 weeks before transplanting for spring crops, or time a late-summer sowing for fall harvest. Sow 0.5 inch deep and keep seedlings evenly moist, then harden off and transplant to the garden once nights are mild.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpace plants 18-24 inches apart in fertile, well-drained soil and keep moisture consistent to prevent stress and uneven heads. Snowball Y Improved is self-blanching, but you can gently fold outer leaves over developing heads in intense sun for the brightest white curds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting of Snowball Y Improved Cauliflower\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest when heads are compact, firm, and fully sized, ideally before the curds loosen or begin to separate. Cut the head from the main stem with a sharp knife, leaving a few wrapper leaves to protect it during handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Snowball Y Improved Cauliflower Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnowball Y Improved is a widely trusted heirloom strain bred for dense, heavy heads and dependable performance in cooler seasons. The large leaves naturally curl around the head, helping it blanch without extra labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse fresh florets for roasting, steaming, and stir-fries, or blanch and freeze for easy meals later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCauliflower rewards consistency. Keep water steady and mulch to stabilize soil moisture, especially as heads form. If a heat wave hits, provide afternoon shade to reduce stress and help heads stay tight and smooth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/jerry-sawyer-compressed.jpg?v=1653940293\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Jerry Sawyer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSnowball Y Improved Cauliflower Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3 g Packet - Packet - Approximately 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 oz - Bulk - Approximately 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk - Approximately 32,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk - Approximately 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approximately 640,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 3,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Snowball Y Improved Cauliflower seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"3g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38827779912,"sku":"18587","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38827779656,"sku":"11806","price":6.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38827779720,"sku":"31537","price":11.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38827779784,"sku":"31536","price":28.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38827779848,"sku":"18079","price":96.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18312170537075,"sku":"42229","price":375.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Cauliflower-Seeds-Snowball-Y-Improved-Comp.jpg?v=1762440272"},{"product_id":"kale-red-russian-seeds","title":"Kale Seeds - Red Russian","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-60 days. Red Russian Kale Seeds. \u003cem\u003eBrassica napus var. pabularia\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Heirloom. A popular and tenacious red variation to the ever-popular Russian kale, Red Russian grows a lighter, but still jagged, serrated, and tenacious cultivar of garden kale. Red Russian seeds were initially cultivated by the pioneering American horticulturist Frank Morton, who developed the seeds for a red cultivar that ended up thriving in his home in Oregon during the 1980's. ~8,000 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Seed Type for this Seed\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/kale-red-russian-microgreens-seeds?variant=46592014600\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Red Russian Kale Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBrassica napus var. pabularia\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2 -10 (Biennial 7-10)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leafy upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nitrogen-rich, loamy, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Buda Kale or Ragged Jack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e No serious diseases but monitor regularly for aphids, cabbage worms, flea beetles, and thrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Russian Kale Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark green leaves with purple amd red highlights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed Russian Kale Curled Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildy sweet, similar to broccoli stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Red Russian Kale from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKale is a cool hardy crop able to be sown directly in early spring or late fall. For best starts, begin indoors 3-4 weeks before final spring frost or 6-8 before the first autumn frost. Plant 3-4 seeds 1\/4\" deep per cell and 3-4\" apart in the garden in nitrogen-rich, Organic, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.5. Germinates in 3-10 days, thinning out best starts to 1 plant per pot or every 12-18\" in the garden as true leaves establish. Kale benefits from fertilizer every 4 weeks. Extended summer heat will cause plants to bolt and become bitter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Red Russian Kale seeds can be grown in all grow zones, with full or partial sun. Directly sow the seeds one fourth of an inch deep in moist, rich soil, with a pH level between 6.5 and 6.8. Space the seeds eighteen to twenty four inches apart, with two feet between rows. While growing, the soil must be kept moist, but care must be taken to not over water the plants. The outer leaves can be harvested sixty days after sowing. Continuous harvesting is possible if the bud is kept intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRed Russian Kale in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKale has recently become one of the most popular vegetables both in and out of the garden. Whether because of unparalleled health benefits, ease of growing, or showy decorative color, there is almost no reason not to have a place for kale in the garden box. Kale is one of the most hardy Brassicas, boasting a tolerance to both heat and cold extremes and even overwintering in moderate climates. Kale is more diverse than you think, available in a variety of unique colors, shapes, sizes, and textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrost improves the flavor of all varieties of kale, especially Red Russian Kale, so if planted for a fall harvest, wait for the first frost to sweeten it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Red Russian Kale\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost kale is ready to begin harvesting about 60 days from sowing. Kale is a \"cut and come again\" crop and continuously harvesting younger, outer leaves will encourage growth. Carefully cut back any yellowing leaves that may appear at the base. In warm enough climates, kale can produce over winter but, in colder regions, lay a tarp or row cover to further a winter harvest. Kale can be continually harvested for a few weeks if outer leaves are harvested and the center bud is left intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe outer leaves can be harvested fifty to sixty days after sowing. Continuous harvesting is possible if the bud is kept intact. If harvested properly, kale will keep growing so you can get more crop from the same plant. Clip the bottom leaves first and leave the upper leaves near the bud intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest Red Russian Kale earlier in the form of baby greens! Try \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/kale-red-russian-microgreens-seeds?variant=46592014600\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Russian Kale Microgreens Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Red Russian Kale Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica napus var. pabularia\u003c\/em\u003e (60-70 days).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKA: \"Buda Kale\" or \"Ragged Jack\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kale was first introduced to Canada by Russian fur traders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep gray-green leaves are held up by red stems, but turn deep purple\/red in cold weather. Red Russian kale is a bit more tender and flavorful then other kales. Cold tolerant and even tastier after the first freeze. The cold will also deepen the color. Grows 20-28\" tall. Use it as an edible border it is so pretty!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Russian Kale is versatile and can be used for kale chips, soups, salads and stir fries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKale FACTS:\u003c\/strong\u003e *Kale is one of the most frost tolerant vegetables. *Kale grows best in cool weather. *Kale will perform much better with rich, well draining, fertile soil. * Water deeply reaching mature root zone. *Moisture fluctuations will cause tough and bitter kale leaves. *High summer temps reduces Kales ability to grow and produces bitter leaves. *Kale is a very rich source of Calcium, Iron, Vitamins A and C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRed Russian Kale Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Packet - Approx 550 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 8,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 128,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 640,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 3,200,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Red Russian kale seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38827780808,"sku":"18606","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38827780488,"sku":"11812","price":5.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38827780552,"sku":"11813","price":7.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38827780616,"sku":"11814","price":16.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38827780680,"sku":"11815","price":48.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38827780744,"sku":"16161","price":181.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Kale-Seeds-Red-Russian-comp.jpg?v=1762440273"},{"product_id":"mustard-osaka-purple-seeds","title":"Mustard Seeds - Osaka Purple","description":"\u003cp\u003e21 to 45 days. An outstanding mustard of dark green-purple leaves with bright white veins. Harvest at 4 to 6 inches for salad or allow it to grow to full size for boiling greens. Fast and easy to grow, great crop for spring, or fall into early winter. Colorful microgreen with a bit of a bite.Osaka mustard is a strong japanese mustard, with beautiful purple highlights. It is one of the primary ingredients in making wasabi. It grows well to the baby salad stage and is delicious as microgreen or baby salad green. Try as a fresh garnish with sushi instead of wasabi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSelect a Different Use for This Seed:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mustard-osaka-purple-microgreens-seeds?variant=46592462408\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-microgreens.png?4946520050077590398\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eMicrogreen\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Red Streaks Mizuna Mustard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/mustard-herb-growing-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003eRead Full Mustard Herb Growing Guide Instructions \u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e brassica juncea\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30-45\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun \/ Tolerant to some shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistances:\u003c\/strong\u003e None\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 48,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 192,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 960,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 4,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cousin to kale and collards, mustard is a tenacious leafy green but it's not as cold-hardy. Grow in clumps about 12-18 inches apart. Use straw mulch to hold in soil moisture. Start 4-6 weeks before the first frost for a fall harvest. For a spring harvest, start seeds 4 weeks ahead of the last frost. You can harvest and allow to regrow over a period of a couple weeks as long as the weather permits. Cut leafy greens 3-4 inches from the ground and allow sufficient time to regrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"4 gram Packet","offer_id":40554186145907,"sku":"59706","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38827781512,"sku":"11857","price":5.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38827781576,"sku":"11858","price":8.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38827781640,"sku":"11859","price":18.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38827781704,"sku":"11860","price":55.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18312589279347,"sku":"42236","price":206.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/1674496827_CopyofSustainable-WM-Black_600x600px_41_1222x1222_5df6ca3c-69b6-4c6b-973f-90281ef49021.jpg?v=1764633973"},{"product_id":"chives-garlic-seeds","title":"Chives Seeds - Garlic","description":"\u003cp\u003e85-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO, heirloom Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed. Chives are native to regions in Asia and Europe. Garlic chive cultivars are also called \"Chinese Chives\" and are different from their relative Onion Chive variety. As one of the prolific \"finest herbs\" of cooking, Garlic Chives are easy to grow from seed during the cool season and do well in temperate climates as hardy perennial herbs. Garlic chive herbs are a popular garnish in Asian and French cuisine and can make a great aromatic ornamental herb in your garden!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Latin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium tuberosum\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-90 Perennial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderately rich and well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Pests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thrips and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green flat shoots, white flower umbels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarlic ChivesHerb\/seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic, mild onion, spice, fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGarlic Chives Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Allium tuberosum) Garlic Chives grow as upright hardy perennial herbs which thrive during the cooler seasons of spring or fall. Garlic Chive varieties, also called \"Chinese Chives\" grow from bulbs and reach up to 2 feet tall developing long, flat, and green grass-like shoots. During late spring or once they've grown 6 inches long, your Chives will give off a mild onion and garlic aroma, as they develop their small umbels of white flowers. Cool-season Garlic Chives will be ready for harvest before the edible flowers begin to bow over as the warmer temperatures set in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Garnishing \u0026amp; Culinary Benefits of Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs chive herbs are one of the four \"finest herbes\" of cooking, Garlic Chive varieties are diverse and provide many fresh options that will enhance your meals across the board! In Asian cuisine, Garlic Chives also called Chinese Chives. They make a tasty addition to stir-fries or as Niratama, a popular Japanese dish meaning garlic chive eggs. In French cuisine, chives make an ideal garnish for baked potatoes, salads, soups, eggs, cream cheese, and even fresh sandwiches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Ornamental Benefits of Growing Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHerbs have been used as a medicinal remedy for centuries, offering mild onion and garlic properties. Garlic Chives can also be grown near garden beds or as a perennial border to protect vegetables and deter insects because of their aromatic properties. Chives also make attractive landscape fillers. Try interplanting throughout your garden with other cool-season veggies like lettuce, broccoli, carrots, and radishes to enhance their spice!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGarlic Chives Garden Herb Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 28,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 112,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 560,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38904980936,"sku":"18719","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38904980744,"sku":"31931","price":6.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38904980808,"sku":"31930","price":13.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38904980872,"sku":"31929","price":36.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chives_Seeds_-_Garlic.jpg?v=1762440297"},{"product_id":"chives-garlic-organic","title":"Chives Seeds - Garlic (Organic)","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO, Heirloom Organic Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed from True Leaf Market. Allium tuberosum. Chives are native to regions in Asia and Europe. Organic Garlic Chives are also called \"Chinese Chive Herbs\" and are technically a different cultivar from their Onion Chive relatives. As one of the prolific \"fines herbes\" of cooking, Organic Garlic Chives are easy to grow from seed during the cool season as hardy perennial herbs. Organic Garlic Chives are full of cancer-fighting antioxidants as an aromatic herb in your garden!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-herb-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Herb Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Latin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allium tuberosum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Herb Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85-90, Perennial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Seed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Seed Plant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderately rich and well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cool to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun to partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Pests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thrips and aphids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Chives Herb Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green flat shoots, white flower umbels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic ChivesHerb\/seed Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garlic, mild onion, spice, fresh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Herb Growing Habits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO (Allium tuberosum) Organic Garlic Chives grow as upright hardy perennial herbs which thrive during the cooler seasons of spring or fall. This cultivar, also called \"Chinese Chive Herbs\" reaches up to 24 inches tall, developing long, flat, and green grass-like shoots. During late spring, your Organic Garlic Chives will give off a mild spice, onion, and garlic aroma, as they develop their small umbels of white flowers. As the warmer temperatures set in, Organic Garlic Chives will be ready for harvest before the flowers begin to bow over, before going to seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Health Benefits of Organic Garlic Chives Herb Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives are not only packed with cancer-fighting antioxidants such as lutein and quercetin, these fresh herbs with mild spice also contain essential nutrients, like vitamins C and K, as well as helping osteocalcin\"which is a protein that helps generate bone strength and density.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Ornamental Benefits of Growing Organic Garlic Chives Garden Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs herbs have been used for centuries for various benefits, Garlic Chives can also be grown near garden beds or as a perennial border to protect vegetables and deter insects from their aromatic properties. Organic Garlic Chives also make attractive landscape fillers with their green, flat grass-like shoots and umbels of white flowers. Organic Garlic Chive Herbs enhance other cool-season veggies like lettuce, broccoli, and carrots while making radishes spicier!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOrganic Garlic Chives Garden Herb Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"bulleted\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 500 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 28,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 112,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 560,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Sustainable Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2 Gram Packet","offer_id":31911147733107,"sku":"48589","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39414161801331,"sku":"45562","price":7.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39414161932403,"sku":"45563","price":14.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39414161965171,"sku":"45561","price":41.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/chives-garlic-organic-comp.jpg?v=1759441122"},{"product_id":"lettuce-butterhead-buttercrunch-seeds","title":"Lettuce Seeds - Butterhead - Buttercrunch","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-70 days. Buttercrunch Lettuce Seeds. \u003cem\u003eLactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e. Non-GMO. Open Pollinated. An award-winning and absolutely hardy cultivar of butter head, Buttercrunch is tender, delicious, and looks as good in the garden as in the salad bowl. First introduced by Cornell University in the 1960s, Buttercrunch debuted as the 1963 All-America Selections vegetable winner for its tolerance to stress, poor soils, and bolting from summer heat. ~25,000 seeds per oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eLactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual 2-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leafy mound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nitrogen-rich, composted, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to mildew, rot, and leaf spotting from soils if not properly drained and ventilated. Watch for aphids, whiteflies, and leafminers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth and bright green butterhead-style leaves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soft, creamy, and mild\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch is a cool hardy favorite performing just as vigorously when sown direct as when transplanted. For earliest starts, begin indoors 4-6 weeks before final frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1\/4\" deep and 2\" apart in Organically rich, well-drained soil in full sun to partial shade. Germinates in 7-10 days, thinning back to 1 plant every 4 in the garden. Harvest large outer leaves while allowing smaller leaves to continue to mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure to allow enough space between seeds for the lettuce to grow, as overcrowding can cause the lettuce to have a bitter taste. Firm the soil lightly. While growing, keep the soil well watered. Harvest between 60 and 70 days after planting, and before flowers appear, to ensure the lettuce doesn't become too mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLettuce is one of the most versatile seeds in the world as it is a choice variety for sprouting, microgreens, hydroponics, aquaponics, and indoor container gardening. Quick to maturity and easy to grow anywhere, countless varieties of lettuce have been specifically cultivated to thrive from cold northern gardens all the way down to the desolate Arizona heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce is an annual, and it grows best in cooler areas. Although it is very hardy, it needs extra shade, or the leaves need to be misted in the hottest climates with the most sun. It warm climates it can be planted in the late summer for spring harvest. This lettuce is great for salad, and the leaves can be picked when small as baby greens or later in the season for larger, firmer leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether romaine, iceberg, butter, or leaf head, lettuce is available in savory redleaf or classic tender greenleaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Buttercrunch Lettuce\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of lettuce can be harvested 45-60 days after sowing or once the younger outer leaves have reached 4-5\" long as a \"cut and come again\" crop. Harvest leaves when young and tender for best flavor since leaves bitter with maturity. Heads may be harvested whole, roots and all, or just be cut at the base while leaving behind an inch to the rooted stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarden fresh lettuce stores well cold in a plastic bag for 7-10 days. Do not store near apples or bananas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch was developed by George Raleigh of Cornell University.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch produces a nice head of mild buttery flavored 6-8\" in height, thick, juicy, slightly crumpled dark green leaves and white-yellow heart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery long season. Performs well in spring and fall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't forget the heart, which is some folk's favorite! Buttercrunch is slow to bolt and is heat tolerant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce (\u003cem\u003eLactuca sativa\u003c\/em\u003e), is the most popular variety of butterhead Lettuce. It gets its name from its soft buttery texture. It grows fast, and can be harvested over and over again, when leaves are picked as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese non-GMO Buttercrunch seeds grow into vibrant, green heads of lettuce that are ready to harvest in 60 to 70 days. The Buttercrunch lettuce can be grown in most zones, including colder zones. The leaves of the Buttercrunch have a mildly sweet, buttery flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eButtercrunch Lettuce Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 g - Packet - Approx 2,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Wholesale - Approx 25,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approx 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approx 400,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk - Approx 2,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk - Approx 10,000,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Buttercrunch Butterhead lettuce seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2.5g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38921725000,"sku":"18611","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921724744,"sku":"32411","price":6.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921724808,"sku":"32410","price":9.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921724872,"sku":"32408","price":23.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921724936,"sku":"32409","price":73.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39353610305651,"sku":"50962","price":301.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lettuce-Seeds-Butterhead-Buttercrunch-comp.jpg?v=1762440343"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-bhut-jolokia-ghost-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Bhut Jolokia Ghost","description":"\u003cp\u003e120-129 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum chinense\u003c\/em\u003e. Bhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, deer resistant, heat tolerant, drought tolerant, hot pepper with extremely hot heat levels. 855,000 to 1,040,000 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Bhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper seeds are not for the faint of tongue! This pepper is one of the hottest out there, second to the Scorpion Ghost Pepper. ~4,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum chinense\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120-129 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot..\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 855,000 to 1,041,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extremely Hot - Over 300,000 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Some Habaneros, Ghost, Scorpion Butch T, Carolina Reaper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 91 days or more from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intense spicy, fruity flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sauces, seasonings, and many other dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Bhut Jolokia Ghost Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBhut Jolokia peppers require a paticularly long growing season, making it essential to start seeds indoors 10-12 weeks before the last expected frost date. Begin by filling seed trays or small pots with a high-quality seed starting mix. Sow the seeds at a depth of one-fourth inch, covering them lightly with soil. Water the seeds gently but thoroughly to ensure the soil is evenly moist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGhost pepper seeds can be slow to germinate, often taking up to thirty-five days. Maintaining a consistent temperature of eighty to ninety degrees Fahrenheit is crucial for successful germination. Using a heat mat can help achieve the necessary warmth. Once seedlings emerge, provide them with twelve to sixteen hours of light per day using fluorescent or LED grow lights. Keep the soil consistently moist but not waterlogged, and ensure good air circulation to prevent fungal issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore transplanting your seedlings outdoors, they need to be gradually acclimated to outdoor conditions through a process known as hardening off. About two weeks before the last expected frost date, start placing the seedlings outside in a sheltered area for a few hours each day, gradually increasing their exposure to sunlight and outdoor temperatures. This process helps the plants build resilience and reduces transplant shock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the danger of frost has passed, and nighttime temperatures consistently stay above fifty-five degrees Fahrenheit, it's time to transplant the seedlings into the garden. Choose a location that receives full sun, at least six to eight hours per day. The soil should be well-draining, rich in organic matter, and have a pH between six and six point eight. Mix a balanced, slow-release fertilizer into the soil at planting time. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpace the plants about eighteen to twenty-four inches apart, in rows twenty-four to thirty-six inches apart. Dig a hole slightly larger than the root ball of each seedling, place the plant in the hole, and backfill with soil. Water thoroughly after planting to help the plants settle in. Mulching around the plants can help retain soil moisture and suppress weeds. As the plants grow, apply a balanced liquid fertilizer every two to three weeks. Once the plants start setting fruit, switch to a fertilizer with higher potassium content to support fruit development. Be sure to follow the manufacturer's instructions regarding application rates and methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGhost peppers require consistent moisture throughout the growing season. Water deeply and regularly, aiming for about one to two inches of water per week, depending on weather conditions. Be careful not to overwater, as waterlogged soil can lead to root rot. Drip irrigation or soaker hoses can be beneficial for maintaining even moisture levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Bhut Jolokia Ghost Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBhut Jolokia peppers typically take about one hundred to one hundred twenty days from transplanting to reach maturity. The peppers are ready to harvest when they have fully ripened to a bright red color. The skin should be firm, and the fruit should detach easily from the plant with a gentle tug. Harvesting can be done continuously throughout the growing season as the peppers ripen. To harvest, use a sharp pair of scissors or pruning shears to cut the peppers from the plant, leaving a small portion of the stem attached. Always wear gloves when handling ghost peppers, as their intense heat can cause skin irritation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Bhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBhut Jolokia, commonly known as Ghost Pepper, is a hot pepper variety that gained worldwide recognition for its intense heat. Native to the Assam region of India, Bhut Jolokia held the title of the world's hottest pepper according to the Guinness World Records in 2007, boasting over one million Scoville Heat Units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGiven their extreme heat, Bhut Jolokia peppers are used sparingly in cooking. One popular use is to make hot sauces, which capture the pepper's unique flavor while diluting its intense heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn India, they were traditionally used to create smoke bombs for crowd control and even incorporated into hand grenades by the Indian military as a non-lethal method of incapacitating targets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBhut Jolokia peppers are well-suited for container gardening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"As ghost pepper plants grow, they can become quite tall and may benefit from support to prevent branches from breaking under the weight of the fruit. Use stakes or cages to provide support.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FM-hwE7TYQk?si=yo5y9GC3nHd1UCso\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=Os_CAmkjhnGXE6O1\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Bhut Jolokia Ghost Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"45 Mg","offer_id":32142438629491,"sku":"41766","price":4.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"115 Mg","offer_id":38921726344,"sku":"11725","price":12.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"450 Mg","offer_id":38921726408,"sku":"11663","price":34.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-bhut-jolokia-ghost-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440345"},{"product_id":"onion-southport-red-globe-seeds","title":"Onion Seeds - Long - Southport Red Globe","description":"\u003cp\u003e100-120 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e. Southport Red Globe Onion Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, cold tolerant, bulbing, long-day onion. Suitable for growing in greenhouses, garden plots, raised beds, and containers. Southport Red Globe Onion is best known for its storage abilities. This high-yielding red onion produces large and firm bulbs that are great for salads or cooking. The bulbs are glossy purple-red with a flavor that isn't too spicy. Resistant to fusarium. Established in 1873, this red onion is a great choice for northern gardens as it is a long-day type. Approx. 8,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Technically a tender perennial, but almost always grown as an annual, unless specifically grown for seed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Start Indoors 8-10 weeks before last frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnion Day Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Long Day - Long Day Onions need 14 to 15 hours of daylight to form a bulb. If you plan to grow in more Northern US states with hard winters, Long Day Onions are your best choice. Typically planted in spring for mid to late summer harvest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bulbing - Bulbing onions are growing for the bulb or globe they produce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 101 days or more from direct sowing to harvesting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile and well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to fusarium. Susceptible to bulb rot, mildew, nematodes, stem and bulb eelworm, thrips, and onion fly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSouthport Red Globe Onion Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSouthport Red Globe Onion Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild kick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container Growing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnion Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooking, canning, pickling, slicing, storage, or fresh use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e Southport Red Globe Onion Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nSouthport Red Globe Onions require fertile and well-drained soil. Onions can struggle with rot and mildew, so drainage is key. This onion variety will take 100- 120 days to come to maturity, and produces a bulb with pink-tinged flesh. These large and firm bulbs are long-day variety of onion, and they tend to grow best in northern gardens. \n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Southport Red Globe Onion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nSouthport red globe onions have a sharp flavor and can produce some tears when cut. Red onion varieties provide great taste and flavor to salads. They are also delicious when cooked. Southport Red Globe Onions are perfect thrown on a vegetable skewer on the grill as well. \n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e Southport Red Globe Onion Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nNutritionally, red onions have higher levels of flavinoids and fiber than other onion varieties. Can be used as a source of natural red dye. \n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nHeirloom variety that has been around 1873. \n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g - Approximately 250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 28,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 112,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 560,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 2,800,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 g Packet","offer_id":31942556876915,"sku":"48783","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38921747400,"sku":"11607","price":9.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38921747464,"sku":"11608","price":18.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921747528,"sku":"11609","price":49.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":18310943277171,"sku":"11610","price":192.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":18310945177715,"sku":"42199","price":765.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/onion-southport-red-globe-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_4f29b5b9-3b5f-4b79-b575-4e32c71cab4c.jpg?v=1764633784"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-blue-lake-bush-274-treated","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Blue Lake 274 (Treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Treated Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom snap bush bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Blue Lake 274 is the classic bean that comes to mind when you think of a green bean. It has been known in the canning industry for years because of its reliability, huge yields, disease resistance, and ability to bear all at once, making canning a much easier task. Blue Lake produces plump, tender, dark green pods that are about 5.5 inches long. The bush itself only grows about 16 inches, saving space in your garden but producing big, juicy yields. This is THE green bean for canning or freezing. Bush Blue Lake bean resists BCMV; tolerates NY15. ~87 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender, sweet, and crisp pods with a mild, classic green bean flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, canning, freezing, or adding to stir-fries and salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect a sunny location with well-drained soil. Direct sowing is preferred, as bush beans don’t transplant well. A balanced fertilizer (5-10-10) can be applied before planting to boost phosphorus and potassium levels, which promote healthy root and pod development. To plant, sow seeds about 1 inch deep in the soil. Space seeds 4-6 inches apart, and keep rows spaced 18-24 inches apart to ensure proper air circulation and room for growth. The soil should be warm—ideally above 65 F—for optimal germination, typically in 7-10 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeans require about 1 inch of water per week, either from rainfall or supplemental watering. It’s best to water at the base of the plants to avoid wetting the leaves, which can lead to disease issues like fungal infections. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake 247 is a snap bean variety, meaning the pods are harvested while tender and immature before the seeds fully develop. Typically, the beans are ready to harvest 55-60 days after sowing. The best time to harvest is when the pods are about 6 inches long, firm, and crisp, but before they become fibrous. You can tell they’re ready when they are full-sized but still smooth, without visible bumps from the developing seeds inside. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to produce more beans. The beans tend to mature quickly, especially in warm weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause of its uniform pod size and consistent tenderness, it became one of the preferred varieties for commercial growers in the mid-20th century, especially for processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blue Lake bean family originated in the Blue Lake District of California in the early 20th century. Originally developed as a pole bean, the bush variety (Blue Lake 247) was later developed to meet the demand for a bean that didn’t require staking but still had the original's high quality and great taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreated seeds are coated with substances designed to protect the seed from seed rot and fungal diseases. The treatment helps ensure that seeds have a better chance of germination, especially in cool or damp soil conditions where they are more susceptible to rot or disease. This type of seed can be especially advantageous in areas where there’s a history of soil-borne diseases or high moisture that might encourage fungal growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"If your bush bean seeds have failed to make it much past the germination or early seedling stage in the past, I encourage you to give treated seeds a try. They are designed specifically to help people like you!”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-row\" id=\"custom-videos\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTreated Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 g - Packet- Approximately 55 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Packet- Approximately 90 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 350 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 1,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 35,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Treated Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921762568,"sku":"30528","price":10.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38921762696,"sku":"30529","price":27.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38921762760,"sku":"30531","price":95.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-bush-blue-lake-bush-274-treated-comp.jpg?v=1762440357"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-blue-lake-bush-274","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Blue Lake 274","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Blue Lake 247 Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom snap bush bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Blue Lake 274 is the classic bean that comes to mind when you think of a green bean. It has been known in the canning industry for years because of its reliability, huge yields, disease resistance, and ability to bear all at once, making canning a much easier task. Blue Lake produces plump, tender, dark green pods that are about 5.5 inches long. The bush itself only grows about 16 inches, saving space in your garden but producing big, juicy yields. This is THE green bean for canning or freezing. Bush Blue Lake bean resists BCMV; tolerates NY15. ~87 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender, sweet, and crisp pods with a mild, classic green bean flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, canning, freezing, or adding to stir-fries and salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect a sunny location with well-drained soil. Direct sowing is preferred, as bush beans don’t transplant well. A balanced fertilizer (5-10-10) can be applied before planting to boost phosphorus and potassium levels, which promote healthy root and pod development. To plant, sow seeds about 1 inch deep in the soil. Space seeds 4-6 inches apart, and keep rows spaced 18-24 inches apart to ensure proper air circulation and room for growth. The soil should be warm—ideally above 65 F—for optimal germination, typically in 7-10 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater regularly, aiming to keep the soil evenly moist but not waterlogged. Beans require about 1 inch of water per week, either from rainfall or supplemental watering. It’s best to water at the base of the plants to avoid wetting the leaves, which can lead to disease issues like fungal infections. Throughout the growing process, keep the area around the beans free of weeds, as they can compete for nutrients and water. Mulching around the base of the plants can help suppress weeds and retain soil moisture. Companion plants like carrots, cucumbers, or marigolds can benefit beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Blue Lake 247 Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Lake 247 is a snap bean variety, meaning the pods are harvested while tender and immature before the seeds fully develop. Typically, the beans are ready to harvest 55-60 days after sowing. The best time to harvest is when the pods are about 6 inches long, firm, and crisp, but before they become fibrous. You can tell they’re ready when they are full-sized but still smooth, without visible bumps from the developing seeds inside. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to produce more beans. To harvest, grasp the bean pod firmly and gently pull or snip it off the plant to avoid damaging the stem. The beans tend to mature quickly, especially in warm weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause of its uniform pod size and consistent tenderness, it became one of the preferred varieties for commercial growers in the mid-20th century, especially for processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blue Lake bean family originated in the Blue Lake District of California in the early 20th century. Originally developed as a pole bean, the bush variety (Blue Lake 247) was later developed to meet the demand for a bean that didn’t require staking but still had the original's high quality and great taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it’s a bush bean, it doesn’t require a trellis or much support, making it great for beginner gardeners or those with limited garden space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"According to Health Line, cooked green beans have more fiber than fresh green beans. I don’t know the science behind it, but I like it.”\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlue Lake 247 Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 g - Packet- Approximately 55 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Packet- Approximately 90 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 350 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 1,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 35,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Blue Lake 247 Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"18 g Package","offer_id":38922254792,"sku":"18566","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 g","offer_id":38922254920,"sku":"18865","price":3.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38922254856,"sku":"18548","price":4.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38921764168,"sku":"30532","price":10.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38922254600,"sku":"30533","price":31.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38922254664,"sku":"30535","price":114.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bean-Bush-Blue-Lake-Bush_37e5ae80-ab49-4ef8-a1dc-7d58b7cce33a.jpg?v=1762440359"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-black-valentine","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Black Valentine","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Black Valentine Bush Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom snap or shell bush bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. The Black Valentine bean was originally bred for its dual-purpose use as a snap and dry bean. As a snap bean, it’s tender, stringless, and flavorful when harvested early. If allowed to mature fully, it produces small, black dry beans that are delicious in soups, stews, and as dry storage beans. The dried black beans turn purplish after cooking. They have a meaty texture and rich, nutty flavor. The beans have a rich flavor and can be harvested as snaps or dried. ~80 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half. Shell - Shell beans have a non-edible woody or fibrous husk that contains the edible beans within. For example, edamame has the beans inside, but you wouldn't want to eat the husk. Shell beans are also sometimes referred to as shelling beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 15). Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Valentine Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Valentine Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich and nutty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003eFresh, steamed, boiled, sauteed, frozen, salads, dried, etc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Black Valentine Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen planting Black Valentine Bush Beans, it's best to directly sow the seeds outdoors after the last frost, as they prefer warmer soil temperatures (at least 60 F). Black Valentine beans don't transplant well, so direct sowing ensures strong, healthy plants. Plant the seeds 1 inch deep, ensuring the soil is well-draining and loose to allow the roots to spread easily. Space the seeds 4-6 inches apart within rows, and keep the rows 18-24 inches apart to allow air circulation and easy access during maintenance and harvesting. Bush beans are compact, so they don’t need trellising or other support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the seeds are in the ground, they require consistent moisture to germinate. Water the soil evenly, but avoid overwatering, as beans don’t like soggy conditions. Once established, water regularly, about 1 inch of water per week, especially during dry periods. The goal is to keep the soil moist but not saturated. A layer of mulch around the base of the plants can help retain moisture and suppress weeds. Fertilizer is only needed in very poor soils. Take care not to over-fertilize with nitrogen. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Black Valentine Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Black Valentine Bush Bean is a versatile heirloom snap bean, ready for harvest in about two months after planting when the pods are 4-6 inches long, tender, and firm, without bulging seeds. Regular picking encourages more production, and the beans can also be left to mature for use as dry beans (about 80 days). To harvest snap beans, simply snap the pods off by hand; for dry beans, allow them to dry on the plant, pull them up, hang them to dry, and shell the beans for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Black Valentine Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp to produce beans all season sow a new crop every days up before the first fall frost. harvest maturity when are succulent. keep picked or plants will stop producing. does not need staking. mature black valentine deep green long stringless. very young they make flavorful fresh snap bean if allowed dry jet-black excellent soup flavor is rich nutty.\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e The beans are also rich in antioxidants due to their dark color, providing potential health benefits such as improved heart health and better blood sugar regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen beans are low in calories but packed with nutrients. They’re an excellent source of vitamin C, vitamin K, fiber, and folate and provide a good amount of iron and manganese. Regular consumption of green beans can support digestive health, boost the immune system, and contribute to healthy skin and bones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"If you plan on trying to get young green beans and mature dried beans, I recommend selecting different plants for different purposes. For example, choose some plants for fresh green beans that you will continually harvest as they become ready and then reserve other plants to mature into the dried bean stage.p\u0026gt;\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlack Valentine Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Packet- Approximately 85 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 320 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Wholesale - Approximately 1,280 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 6,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 32,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Black Valentine Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31778711961715,"sku":"48432","price":2.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39343921561715,"sku":"50746","price":5.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925033288,"sku":"30550","price":11.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925033352,"sku":"30551","price":26.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925033416,"sku":"30553","price":95.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-bush-black-valentine-Comp.jpg?v=1758769155"},{"product_id":"bean-fava-broad-windsor","title":"Bean - Broad Windsor Fava - Cover Crop Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days. \u003cem\u003eVicia faba\u003c\/em\u003e. Annual. Cover Crop. Heirloom. Non-GMO Broad Windsor fava bean seeds grow one of the most beneficial heirloom cover crops available to the home gardener. Popularly sown in the fall as a cool-hardy cover crop, Broad Windsor fava bean is an heirloom legume grown to restore nitrogen to poor and depleted soils. Windsor Broad fava bean is an open-pollinated annual grown just as commonly for its restorative properties as it is a fruiting crop harvested for its world-famous creamy and nutty fava beans. ~15 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead more about Cover Crops:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/cover-crop\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGet Your Free Cover Crop Growing Guide!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Broad Windsor Fava Bean Cover Crop Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eVicia faba\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommon Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broad Bean, Faba Bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFava Bean Hardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-11 (Grown as an annual)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad Windsor Days to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Planting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broadcast directly and tamp 1\" into soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad Windsor Growth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heirloom fava bean seeds grow into a 24-60\" tall garden climber with a 6-10\" spread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAquadulce Soil Benefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replenishes nitrogen into the soil, roots loosen soil to improve tilth, drainage, and weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrow Temp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-75°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Light Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - Partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/Diseases\/Troubleshooting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Although heirloom \u003cem\u003eVicia faba\u003c\/em\u003e does not have too many pests or insects, it is known to be susceptible to leaf spotting diseases such as mosaic viral disease, bacterial blight, and slight anthracnose. Allow soil to dry between waterings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFava Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Broad Windsor fava bean grows uniform lemon-lime green foliage, stems, pods, and beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad Windsor Mow:\u003c\/strong\u003e When growing as a cover crop, mow down fava bean and till back into soil a month before sowing a new spring crop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Broad Windsor Fava Bean Cover Crop Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom Broad Windsor fava bean cover crop is a cool weather garden crop best broadcasted directly in early spring or fall. For more traditional sowing, plant 1-2 Broad Windsor fava bean seeds 1\" deep and 4-6\" apart in Organically rich, well-drained garden soil in full sun to partial shade. Open-pollinated fava beans are often presoaked overnight to accelerate germination prior to garden sowing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Broad Windsor fava bean germinates in 7-14 days, thinning back to one plant 8-10\" apart in the garden as second set of true leaves establish. Legume seeds are often inoculated with Rhizobium bacteria at time of garden sowing. Although heirloom \u003cem\u003eVicia faba\u003c\/em\u003e does not have too many pests or insects, it is known to be susceptible to leaf spotting diseases such as mosaic viral disease, bacterial blight, and slight anthracnose. Allow soil to dry between waterings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Broad Windsor Fava Bean Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroad Windsor was listed in 1863. This fava's glossy green pods contain 5-7 oblong, flat, beans. Fava's can fix up to an incredible 200 pounds of nitrogen per acre. \"Sixty pounds of nitrogen per acre is enough to feed a succeeding crop of beets, carrots, etc. One-hundred pounds will feed corn, lettuce, or squash. Fava's two-hundred pounds of nitrogen per acre is sufficient to grow the heaviest feeders--the Brassica's.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMadalyn A. Klenske says \u003cem\u003e\"Vicia faba is a member of the vetch family, a group of leguminous plants, by and large, climbing herbs, cultivated for forage and soil improvement. Generally, the fava is an erect, large-leaved, single-stalked plant, two to seven feet tall, which assumes a full, bushy appearance at maturity. In the home garden, the tall, upright plants are often sown densely, as the plants physically support each other in this pattern, obviating the need for staking. Clusters of fragrant purple or white flowers on short stalks develop at the axil of the plant, which is the angle between the upper side of a leaf or stem and the supporting stem or branch. The seedpods that ripen from the fertilized flowers are numerous: there can be 15-60 pods found on each plant, each pod containing 3-12 beans, depending on variety.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll parts of the fava plant are edible. The seeds are high in protein, vitamins, and minerals, and have been a cornerstone of human nutrition for thousands of years. The beans may be eaten fresh and green, or dried for future use. Properly dried beans will keep for three years. Many people enjoy the leaves of the fava plant, preparing them similarly to spinach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e1929 Steele Briggs Seed house says...\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnglish or broad bean. Very hardy; plant as soon as the soil is in good shape in the spring. Plant 4 inches apart and 2 inches deep in rows 4 feet apart. To ensure well filled pods, pinch off the top as soon as the pods begin to set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBroad Windsor Fava Bean Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO \u003cem\u003eVicia faba\u003c\/em\u003e is a popular cover crop traditionally sown in the fall to replenish nitrogen content in garden soil. Whether grown between seasons or alongside a crop as a nitrogen-boosting companion plant, heirloom fava bean seeds can be sown nearly any time of the year. To eat fava beans, shell the entire pod and cook the beans. Fresh fava beans can be stored with oil in the freezer, and keep dried bean safely in a cool dark spot. Fall planted fava beans will mature quickly to supplement depleted nitrogen, but will not fruit until 8-9 months after garden sowing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWholesale Non-GMO Broad Windsor Fava Bean Cover Crop Garden Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Wholesale - Approximately 15 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 60 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 240 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 6,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeirloom Broad Windsor fava bean cover crop garden seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31779041771635,"sku":"48442","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39344074752115,"sku":"50758","price":5.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925034888,"sku":"30558","price":9.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925034952,"sku":"30559","price":25.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925035016,"sku":"30561","price":84.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/fava-bean-broad-windsor-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_b504819e-a375-4d74-8a45-7a46dd0141c9.jpg?v=1764634131"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-california-black-eye-cowpeas","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - California Black-Eye Cowpeas","description":"\u003cp\u003e75 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eVigna unguiculata\u003c\/em\u003e. California Black-Eyed Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, bush, shelling bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Cowpeas, or black-eyed peas, were first domesticated in Africa, where 66% of the world's production still occurs. These garden vegetables are very tolerant of dry, sandy soil and hot temperatures. In addition to needing little water, cowpea plants can fix nitrogen in the soil, making them a very self-sufficient garden vegetable. The beans have a sweet flavor and creamy texture that are well-liked in many parts of the world. ~130 seeds per ounce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eVigna unguiculata\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having various pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by increasing the likelihood of pollination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eShell - Shell beans have a non-edible woody or fibrous husk that contains the edible beans within. For example, edamame has the beans inside, but you wouldn't want to eat the husk. Shell beans are also sometimes called shelling beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 66-86 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keep your bean plants clean of dust buildup and surrounded by various plants to help deter pests. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalifornia Black-Eyed Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003eGreen, White, Black \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalifornia Black-Eyed Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Earthy and nutty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Soups, stews, and chili. Commonly used in a traditional South Carolinian dish called Hoppin’ John.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Organic California Black-Eyed Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003ePlant California Black-Eyed Beans 1 to 1.5 inches deep and direct sow after the last frost when soil is at least 65 F. Space seeds 3 to 4 inches apart in rows 24 to 36 inches apart for airflow, easier care, and harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAs legumes, black-eyed beans fix nitrogen, but compost or a balanced fertilizer at planting helps early growth. Avoid high-nitrogen fertilizers, which can reduce pod production.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eWater deeply during flowering and pod set, keeping soil moist but not soggy. Mulch to hold moisture and limit weeds. Weed gently around shallow roots, monitor for aphids and bean beetles, and rotate crops to reduce disease. Light support can help semi-vining plants, and good companions include corn, cucumbers, and radishes.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting California Black-Eyed Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eFor dry beans, harvest when pods yellow and dry, about 75 days after planting, then shell fully dry, hard beans. For snap use, pick pods while green and tender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003ch3\u003eAbout California Black-Eyed Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cp\u003eBlack-eyed peas originated in Africa and became a staple in Southern U.S. cuisine with strong cultural significance. They are valued for heat and drought resilience and for improving soil through nitrogen fixation.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eA New Year's tradition in the Southern United States features them in Hoppin' John. The beans are high in protein and fiber, low in fat, and provide key nutrients including iron, potassium, and folate.\n\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Beans are a fantastic multi-use crop. They provide fresh food for eating, dry food for storing, and they benefit the soil.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCalifornia Black-Eyed Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g Packet - Wholesale - Approximately 135 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 520 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 2,080 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 10,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 52,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO California Black-Eyed Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31778726609011,"sku":"48433","price":3.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39343925690483,"sku":"50747","price":6.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925035528,"sku":"30569","price":12.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925035592,"sku":"30570","price":35.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925035656,"sku":"30572","price":121.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-bush-california-black-eye-cowpeas-Comp.jpg?v=1762440364"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-contender","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Contender","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Contender Bush Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high yielding, heat tolerant, bush, snap, stringless bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Also known as “Buff Valentine,” they mature faster than most others and can be harvested as early as fifty days after planting seeds, making them excellent for environments with a late final frost date. They are a bush variety seed, so they don't need support to grow upright. Plants produce harvests each year in the summer. Contender Bush Bean seeds start producing a week ahead of most bean varieties. Each plant produces 6-8\" garden green bean seed pods. They tolerate mosaic virus, greasy pod, and heat. ~57 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e resistant to greasy pod (halo blight), mildew, rust, and Mosaic Virus. Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContender Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContender Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild yet classic flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003eFresh, canning, freezing, stir fry, salad, casserole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Contender Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by selecting a sunny location, as beans love full sun and need around 6-8 hours of sunlight each day. The soil should be at least 60 F, well-draining, and have a slightly acidic to neutral pH (6.0 to 7.0). Beans prefer loose, fertile soil, so it’s a good idea to amend the soil with compost or well-rotted manure before planting. Direct sow the seeds outside once the soil is warm enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater regularly, aiming for about 1 inch per week. It is best to water early in the morning or with a drip hose to avoid water on the leaves too often. Beans are light feeders, meaning they don’t require fertilizer unless soils are particularly poor. During the growing season, you can give them a light side-dressing of compost or a low-nitrogen fertilizer if the plants look pale or malnourished, but too much nitrogen can result in lush leaves with fewer beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Contender Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContender is primarily a snap bean, meaning it’s grown for its tender pods, which are harvested while young and immature before the seeds swell too much. You can expect to start harvesting around 50-55 days after planting. The beans are ready to harvest when the pods are 4-6 inches long, firm, and smooth. At this stage, they will still be stringless and tender. To harvest, simply pinch or snip the pods off the plant, avoiding pulling or tugging at it, as this could damage or uproot it. You should harvest beans every couple of days to encourage more production. They will develop a string and become tough if left to mature too far.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Contender Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBred specifically for early maturity and disease resistance, Contender was created to be a versatile, adaptable bean that could handle various growing conditions. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContender Bush Beans are mainly grown for fresh eating as snap beans, but they can also be canned or frozen for later use. When harvested at the right time, they have a mild, slightly sweet flavor and a tender, juicy texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContender is one of our top-selling beans year after year. Contender beans are perfect for short, cool seasons where other beans may not perform well. This bean is mildew tolerant and still does well in hot weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeans need light, but even watering. Because the leaves can become diseased if wet, water as close to the root as possible. If you do find that a leaf has become diseased, remove it from the plant immediately, as the disease can spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Contender beans are perfect for steaming, sautéing, or blanching, and they can be added to various dishes from salads to stir-fries. They’re a great choice for preserving through canning or freezing, as they retain their flavor and texture well.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eContender Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Wholesale - Approximately 60 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 228 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 912 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 4,560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 22,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Contender Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31778920202355,"sku":"48434","price":3.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39343937486963,"sku":"50748","price":5.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925042184,"sku":"30581","price":11.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925042248,"sku":"30582","price":31.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925042312,"sku":"30584","price":107.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bean-Seeds-Bush-Contender-Comp.jpg?v=1762440365"},{"product_id":"beet-cylindra","title":"Beet Seeds - Cylindra","description":"\u003cp\u003e55 days. The Cylindra beet is a variety of beet that originated in Denmark. Their long, cylindrical shape makes them ideal for anyone who wants a larger yield of beets in a smaller space. These beets are hardy and can be grown in a number of zones and climates, and can thrive in either full sun or partial shade. Their flavor has been described as bold and earthy, and they can be harvested fifty fives days after planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Cylindra Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Beta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beetroot, blood turnip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 days(6 to 7 inches long)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moist soil, 6.5 to 7 ph\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun or partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible Leaf miners, flea beetles, and leaf hoppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender texture, doesn't get as \"wooden\" as other varieties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with a light, moist soil, ideally with a PH level of 6.5 to 7. Sow the seeds half an inch deep. Because the beets will grow in a cylindrical shape, you will only need to put one inch between the seeds. Leave twelve to eighteen inches between rows. These seeds will need plenty of moisture while germinating, so keep the soil moist for the first twenty one days. These beets can thrive in conditions with full sun or partial shade. After fifty five days, the beets should be ready for harvesting. Around this time, they will be between six to seven inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCylindra Beets grow well in almost any type of soil, tolerating even chilly soil. Cylindra has been known to germinate in soil as cool as 45 degrees Fahrenheit. Preferred by chefs because of its exceptionally sweet flavor and its long cylinder shape making it easier to slice, giving it the nickname \"Butter Slicer.\" This beet plant is diverse in its cooking applications. It has been known to be roasted, baked, steamed, pickled, and added to salads. 1,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"8g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38925043592,"sku":"18568","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38925043400,"sku":"30592","price":5.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925043464,"sku":"30590","price":14.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925043528,"sku":"30591","price":43.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":39344132784243,"sku":"50771","price":163.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/beet-cylindra-Comp.jpg?v=1762440365"},{"product_id":"beet-early-wonder-tall-top-vegetable-seed","title":"Beet Seeds - Early Wonder Tall Top","description":"\u003cp\u003e35-60 days. The Early Wonder Tall Top is an easy to grow beet that can be harvested as early as thirty five days after planting, and thrives in colder weather. The Early Wonder Tall Top has a sweet taste, but don't let that fool you. Research suggests that beets can help prevent cardiovascular disease, and are full of nutrients. Tall, vigorous, dark green stalks striped in maroon veins adorn glossy leaf greens tinged with maroon, excellent for salads. This garden vegetable produces deep red round beetroots that have several diverse culinary applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Early Wonder Tall Top Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Beta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35-60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65 to 75 degrees, ph level of 6 to 7.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible aphids, beet mosaic, damping off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rich nutty flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best results, you'll want to plant the seeds three to four weeks before the average last frost. To encourage germination, you can soak the seeds for twenty four hours before planting. After planting, water the seeds every two weeks. After thirty five days, the beets will be mature enough to harvest. This strain of beet is used as a first early variety of beet for mid-summer sowing and storage. Benefits from full sun to partial shade lighting. At 35 days, the \"baby greens\" can be harvested. At 45 days, the full leaf greens can be harvested, and at 55 days the roots are ready for harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat beet tops before any sign of wilting for maximum flavor. In most cases, the smaller the beet, the sweeter the beet, and the larger the beet, the more 'earthy' the beet will taste. Vinegar pairs well with beets, making pickled beets a great addition to many meals. Walnut oil pairs very well with warm beets. To minimize the beet color from excessive bleeding leave the stem plug in place and skin on while cooking. Many health enthuseists juice beets for health benefits. Approx. 1,200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"8g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38925046984,"sku":"18570","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38925046792,"sku":"30615","price":6.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925046856,"sku":"30613","price":14.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925046920,"sku":"30614","price":47.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":39344746987635,"sku":"50772","price":178.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/beet-early-wonder-tall-top-vegetable-seed-comp.jpg?v=1762440367"},{"product_id":"beet-golden-detroit","title":"Beet Seeds - Golden Detroit","description":"\u003cp\u003e55-60 days. Golden Detroit beet seeds. \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Annual. Non-GMO. The Golden Detroit is an easy to grow beet that can be harvested as early as fifty days after planting, and thrives in colder weather. The Golden Detroit has a sweet taste, and is full of nutrients. It is recommended that you harvest the beets when the roots are one to three inches, for best flavor. The stalks of this root vegetable remain dark green like other strains of beets, but the vein adorn a brighter red and orange shade. Produces deep orange and yellow beetroots. ~1,250 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Golden Detroit Beet Vegetable Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rooted and leafy upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, sandy, loamy, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55-70 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun - partial shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Disease:\u003c\/strong\u003e Monitor for aphids and leafhoppers which may lead to any number of yellowing and leaf-spotting diseases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Detroit Beet Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Golden orange and yellow flesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Detroit Beet Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Even sweeter than deep red beets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Golden Detroit Beets from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden Detroit beet is a cool weather favorite best sown directly outdoors 4-5 weeks prior to final spring frost or 4-5 weeks before the first autumn frost. Sow 3-4 seeds 1\/2\" deep and 1-2\" apart in fertile, Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-7.0. Seeds germinate in 5-10 days, thinning best starts to every 3-4\" as true leaves establish. Beet seeds may be pre-soaked for 24 hours to encourage germination. Golden Detroit beet can be sown every 2-3 weeks for replete season-long harvests. Avoid using fertilizers high in nitrogen causing plants to produce plentiful vegetation, but smaller roots. A top layer of mulch will help roots cool and retain moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best results, you'll want to plant the seeds three to four weeks before the average last frost. To encourage germination, you can soak the seeds for twenty four hours before planting. After planting, water the seeds every two weeks. After thirty five days, the beets will be mature enough to harvest. This strain of beet is used as a first early variety of beet for mid-summer sowing and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGolden Detroit Beets in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeets are a sweet, sugary, and short-term cool weather favorite able to be sown multiple times during the year for quick and successive harvests. Just like carrot, radish, and many other root vegetables, beet is quick to maturity and thrives when sown directly outside in the garden bed. Although widely known for being a deep burgundy color, the hardy beetroot is available in many shapes and colors including heirloom classics White Detroit, Golden Detroit, and Chioggia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenefits from full sun to partial shade lighting. At 35 days, the \"baby greens\" can be harvested. At 50 days, the full leaf greens can be harvested, and at 55 days the roots are ready for harvest. Golden Detroit Beet thrives in full sun and partial shade. Greens should be harvested when 3 inches in height for maximum flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Golden Detroit Red Beets\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of beet are ready to harvest in about 50-60 days from sowing or when showing 1\" in diameter above soil, but will remain tender even up to 3-4\" in diameter. In compacted soils, carefully loosen soil around roots before harvesting with help of a gardening fork. Beet greens can be harvested like lettuce or any culinary herb when 2-3\" tall. Small tender greens can be enjoyed fresh in a salad mix while larger, coarser greens taste best when lightly sauteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Golden Detroit Beet Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden beet made its debut in 1970. If you are annoyed with those pesky red beets \"bleeding\" all over your counters, then this is the beet for you. Want to wow your dinner guests? Slice them straight out of the garden when they are almost golden-orange and toss them in a salad like we do. They don't seem to have the earthy taste some beets can have raw. So they are just yummy and healthy raw!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCook them and they turn buttercup yellow. Golden beets retain a silk smooth sweet flavor even when cooked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden beets are globe shaped and remain mild even when they get older. The tops can't be \"beet\" (lol couldn't resist) either; they are tasty, green and even sweet to some palates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEat beet tops before any sign of wilting for maximum flavor. Vinegar pairs well with beets. In most cases, the smaller the beet, the sweeter the beet, and the larger the beet, the more \"Ëœearthy\" the beet will taste. Walnut oil pairs very well with warm beets. To minimize the beet color from excessive bleeding leave the stem plug in place and skin on while cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNon-GMO Golden Detroit Beet Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 g - Approximately 90 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Golden Detroit beet seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on orders over $75.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"2g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38925049800,"sku":"18571","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38925049608,"sku":"30631","price":5.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38925049672,"sku":"30630","price":9.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925049736,"sku":"30629","price":27.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39344748068979,"sku":"50773","price":66.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39344748232819,"sku":"50774","price":254.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Beet-Seeds-Golden-Detroit-comp.jpg?v=1762440367"},{"product_id":"bean-gold-rush-wax-seed","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Gold Rush Wax","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e.Wax Gold Rush Bush Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, AAS winner, bush, snap, wax bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15), Curly Top Virus. Gold Rush Bush Beans are a popular variety of wax beans known for their bright golden-yellow pods and exceptional flavor. As a bush-type, open-pollinated snap bean, they are prized for their high yields, early maturity, and ease of cultivation. This variety is an All-America Selections (AAS) winner from 1984, recognized for its superior performance and taste. Start seeds 1 to 2 weeks after the last spring frost.~111 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eWax - Wax beans (also called yellow beans) are very similar to green snap beans and have a similar flavor profile. The primary difference is they lack the chlorophyll that makes green beans green. The yellow hue looks like wax, hence the name.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15), Curly Top Virus. Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Wax Gold Rush Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Wax Gold Rush Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, buttery taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh, cooked, preserved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Gold Rush Wax Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart by amending the soil with compost to enrich the soil fertility. Bush beans do not need to be fertilized if the soil is rich. Start by sowing the seeds directly outside, one inch deep in soil when the soil temperature is above sixty degrees and frost has passed. Leave about four to six inches between plants, in rows two to three feet wide. While growing, give these plants one inch of water a week, and water as close to the root as possible; getting the leaves wet can lead to disease which can harm the plant and affect the yield. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater the bush beans regularly, especially during establishment and once you start to see flowers develop. Keep the area weed-free. Mulch around the plants to prevent weeds and retain moisture. Monitor for pests like aphids and bean beetles. Beans are great candidates for companion planting as they stay low to the ground and contribute to soil health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvestingWax Gold Rush Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest about 50-65 days after planting or when you see the yellow pods reach about 5-6 inches long. They should be firm and smooth. Pick them before the beans inside start bulging. As a snap bean, the pod and seeds are eaten while still a bit immature for the best texture and flavor. Gently grasp the pod and use your fingers or a small knife to avoid damaging the plant. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to produce more pods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAboutWax Gold Rush Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGold Rush Bush Beans were bred to offer gardeners a reliable, disease-resistant wax bean with exceptional taste and visual appeal. The goal was to combine high yields with early maturity and ease of growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wax bean is a great choice for those just starting as gardeners since these are easy plants to grow that require little care. In addition to producing crisp beans, this bush-type plant gives vibrant, light yellow pods that make a great accent piece in a garden. With this particular variety, the pods grow in clusters close to the stalk, so they are easy to pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for steaming, boiling, sautéing, and incorporating into salads and stir-fries. Unlike purple bush beans, their color remains vibrant when cooked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular harvesting will ensure a greater yield. These wax beans are not only easier to locate on the plant because of its hue, but they also grow together in clusters, making harvesting just that much easier. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Although bean plants can handle heat and mild drought better than many other plants grown in typical vegetable gardens, we still don’t usually refer to them as heat or drought-tolerant. They are hardy, easy-to-grow plants but don’t like extremes, especially when it comes to cold!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e Wax Gold Rush Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Approximately 117 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 444 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 1,776 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 8,880 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 44,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMOWax Gold Rush Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packets","offer_id":31789485260915,"sku":"48451","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39344134193267,"sku":"50768","price":5.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925058568,"sku":"30640","price":12.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925058632,"sku":"30641","price":33.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925058760,"sku":"30643","price":114.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-gold-rush-wax-seed-Comp.jpg?v=1762440368"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-harvester","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Harvester","description":"\u003cp\u003e55 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Harvester Bush Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high-yielding, bush, snap green bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Also known commonly as green beans, snap peas, or string beans, harvester bush beans are a staple of any American meal. The Harvester Bush Bean is a reliable, high-yielding, and disease-resistant snap bean that is perfect for gardeners looking for a compact plant with a lot of production. It’s a great choice for anyone who loves fresh green beans or wants a variety they can easily freeze or can for later use. Its early maturity and resistance to common problems make it a low-maintenance, rewarding crop. ~95 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvester Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvester Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, canning, freezing, boiling, steaming, stir-frying, casserole, soup, salad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Harvester Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen beans must be directly sown for optimal results. Wait until all danger of frost has passed and the soil temperature has warmed to at least 60 F. Choose a sunny location with well-draining soil; beans thrive in full sun and won’t perform well in soggy conditions. Plant the seeds about 1 inch deep directly into the garden. Avoid starting beans indoors, as they don’t transplant well. Space the seeds about 4-6 inches apart, and leave 18-24 inches between rows to give the plants room to spread and for easy access when harvesting. If you're planting in a smaller garden, consider using a grid pattern to maximize space efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide consistent watering throughout the growing season. Beans need about 1 inch of water per week, more during dry spells. Water at the base of the plants to avoid wetting the foliage, which can encourage disease. If your soil is poor, a light side-dressing of fertilizer (low in nitrogen, high in phosphorus and potassium) after the plants have started to flower can boost yields. To deter pests, consider planting companion plants like marigolds, nasturtiums, or dill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Harvester Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can expect to start harvesting around 55. To know when to harvest, look for 4-6 inches long, firm, and slightly plump but still tender pods. The pods should snap easily when bent. If the beans inside start to bulge out too much, the pods may become tough and less flavorful. Harvest beans regularly for the best taste and texture, as frequent picking encourages the plants to produce more pods. When harvesting, be careful not to pull too hard, as this can disturb the shallow roots. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Harvester Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvester Bush Beans were bred in the mid-20th century, designed primarily for their disease resistance, productivity, and compact, bushy growth habit. The development of this variety was part of an effort to improve yields and reduce losses from diseases like bean mosaic virus and rust, which were common issues for older varieties of beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt produces tender, stringless pods and is a reliable producer in various climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir resistance to common diseases like bean mosaic virus and rust makes them easier to grow with fewer issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvester Beans, like other green beans, are a nutritious, low-calorie food. They are an excellent source of fiber, vitamin C, vitamin A, and folate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e “The main things bush bean plants need are adequate light and water. If you have those two things, barring any unfortunate pest or disease difficulty, your plants will flourish. They are low-maintenance with a high reward.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHarvester Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Packet - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 380 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 35,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Harvester Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31778958606451,"sku":"48435","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39343939158131,"sku":"50749","price":5.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925063688,"sku":"30652","price":11.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925063752,"sku":"30653","price":28.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925063816,"sku":"30655","price":95.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bush-bean-harvester-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_c0133f09-fb7e-4b21-8865-cc1f7853a927.jpg?v=1764634148"},{"product_id":"bean-lima-henderson-lima","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Henderson Lima","description":"\u003cp\u003e65-85 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus lunatus\u003c\/em\u003e. Henderson Lima Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high-yielding, heat-tolerant, drought-tolerant, bush, shell, lima bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Native to Central America, lima beans (also called butter beans, especially in the South) are ideal for warmer climates with plenty of sunlight. Lima beans can thrive in soils that drain well and have an average temperature. The smaller-seeded strains are also known as butter beans and are described as having a buttery texture and a delicate flavor. They are great for canning and freezing. The Henderson Lima Bean is a popular lima bean variety valued for its productivity, reliability, and adaptability. ~66 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus lunatus\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-85\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an \u003ca href=\"website\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003einoculant\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having various pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by increasing the likelihood of pollination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eShell - Shell beans, or shelling beans, have a non-edible woody or fibrous husk that contains the edible beans within. For example, edamame has the beans inside, but you wouldn't want to eat the husk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lima - Lima beans (also called butter beans, sieva beans, or double beans) are large, flat beans originally from South America. They have a mild flavor with a creamy texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 66-86 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keep your bean plants clean of dust buildup and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter pests. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than to the leaves will help maintain healthy growth in bean plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHenderson Lima Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHenderson Lima Bean Flavor: \u003c\/strong\u003eMild, buttery flavor that is characteristic of lima beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically used for shelling beans. They are versatile in the kitchen and can be used in soups, stews, casseroles, and side dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Henderson Lima Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a sunny site with well-drained soil and direct sow after all danger of frost has passed and soil has warmed to at least 65 F. Plant seeds 1 inch deep, since lima beans do not transplant well and germinate best in warm ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpace seeds 4 to 6 inches apart in rows 18 to 24 inches apart and water consistently, especially during dry weather. Work compost into the soil before planting and avoid heavy nitrogen fertilizers. Weed carefully to protect shallow roots, and let the plants shade out weeds as they fill in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Henderson Lima Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHenderson is a shelling lima grown for the beans inside the pods. For fresh use, harvest when pods are filled and light green, then shell right away. For dry storage, leave pods on the plant until they turn brown and dry, then harvest and shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick pods by hand or snip them off to avoid damaging stems. If pods are tough to shell, let them dry for a few days in a well-ventilated place before shelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Henderson Lima Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroduced in 1888 by Peter Henderson \u0026amp; Co., this heirloom is known for early harvests and dependable yields. Also called \"Baby Lima,\" it produces small, white beans with a creamy, buttery flavor on compact bush plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHenderson is a good choice for warm climates and smaller spaces, including raised beds and containers, thanks to its tidy habit and steady production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Lima beans, including Henderson lima beans, are a nutritious addition to the diet. They are high in protein, fiber, and essential nutrients like iron, magnesium, and potassium. \"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHenderson Lima Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g - Approximately 46 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 264 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 1,056 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 5,280 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 26,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Henderson Lima Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"20g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38925067528,"sku":"18873","price":3.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39344076554355,"sku":"50760","price":7.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925067272,"sku":"30659","price":14.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925067336,"sku":"30660","price":42.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925067400,"sku":"30662","price":155.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Bean-Lima-Henderson-Lima-Comp_3f9c8070-6aa5-4780-92ec-4cbb29cef56a.jpg?v=1762440370"},{"product_id":"bean-shell-pinto","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Pinto","description":"\u003cp\u003e90-95 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Pinto Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, bush, shelling bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Pinto Beans are most notably used in Mexican Cuisine. These hard, brown-speckled beans make for great chili and refried beans. They are easy to grow and satisfy the belly. The pinto bean is most prominent in Mexican cuisine and is often used for refried beans. They can tolerate being dried out while growing, making them an easy bean to grow. Pinto beans have a shelf life of five years and are a great option for those who enjoy edible gardening. ~75 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90-95\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eShell - Shell beans have a non-edible woody or fibrous husk that contains the edible beans within. For example, edamame has the beans inside, but you wouldn't want to eat the husk. Shell beans are also sometimes referred to as shelling beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-20 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 86 days or more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between waterings. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePinto Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003eTan, Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePinto Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e They have a creamy texture and a mild, earthy flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mexican cuisine, such as refried beans, burritos, charro beans, and more. Also, it can be eaten fresh, such as snap beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Pinto Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinto beans should be directly sown into the garden soil as they do not transplant well. The optimal sowing depth for pinto beans is about 1-1.5 inches deep. Planting too shallow can result in poor root development, while planting too deep can hinder germination. For bush varieties like pinto, space the seeds about 3-4 inches apart in rows that are 18-24 inches apart. For pole varieties, plant seeds 4-6 inches apart in rows 24-36 inches apart. This spacing allows for adequate air circulation and room for growth, helping to prevent diseases and ensure a healthy crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinto beans require consistent moisture, especially during flowering and pod development. Water deeply once a week, ensuring the soil is moist but not waterlogged. Avoid overhead watering to reduce the risk of fungal diseases; instead, use drip irrigation or carefully water at the base of the plants. Pintos benefit from a fertilizer boost at planting time. Use a fertilizer with a lower nitrogen content and higher phosphorus and potassium (e.g., 5-10-10). Excessive nitrogen can lead to lush foliage but poor pod production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply a layer of mulch around the plants to help retain moisture and suppress weeds. Keep the area weed-free, especially during the early growth stages, as weeds can compete for nutrients and water. Good companion plants for pinto beans include carrots, beets, and marigolds. Avoid planting pinto beans near onions and garlic, as these can inhibit their growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Pinto Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinto Beans can be harvested when the pods are in their snap pea stage or their dry stage. For the snap stage harvest, when pods are young and tender, typically around 50-60 days after planting. At this stage, the beans inside are small, and the pods can be eaten whole. For harvesting snap beans, use scissors or pruners to cut the pods from the plant to avoid damaging the stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor dry harvesting, remove them when the pods are fully mature and dried on the plant, usually around 90-100 days after planting. The pods will be brittle, and the beans inside will rattle. For dry beans, wait until the pods are completely dry. Pick the pods on a dry day, then shell the beans by hand or by lightly threshing the pods. Ensure the beans are thoroughly dried before storing to prevent mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Pinto Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinto beans have been a staple food for indigenous peoples for thousands of years. Pinto beans were bred for their high yield, hardiness, and adaptability to various growing conditions. They are a key ingredient in Latin American cuisine, particularly in Mexican dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinto beans are called ‘frijoles pintos’ in Spanish, which translates to ‘painted beans’. Their speckled appearance is attractive and characteristic of these delicious legumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinto beans are an excellent source of protein, dietary fiber, vitamins (particularly B vitamins), and minerals (such as iron, magnesium, and potassium). They are low in fat and can help in managing cholesterol levels and supporting digestive health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Pinto beans are an ideal choice for both novice and experienced gardeners due to their ease of cultivation, nutritional benefits, and culinary versatility.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-row\" id=\"custom-videos\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePinto Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Wholesale - Approximately 75 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 75 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 300 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 6,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 30,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Pinto Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31789349011571,"sku":"48446","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39344110534771,"sku":"50767","price":5.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925078024,"sku":"30770","price":10.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925078088,"sku":"30771","price":25.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925078152,"sku":"30773","price":90.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-shell-pinto-comp.jpg?v=1762440373"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-provider-treated","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Provider (Treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Provider Bush Bean Treated Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, open-pollinated, heirloom, high-yielding, heat-tolerant, bush, snap, green bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15), Downy Mildew, Powdery Mildew, Pod Mottle Virus, and Rust. Beans produce 5-8 inch, rounded pods with low fiber seeds in clusters, resulting in a heavy yield. Pods are widely used in many kinds of recipes. Harvests store well for long periods. The Provider bean is a variety of green beans that can be sown earlier than many others due to its high tolerance to cooler soils and climates. ~90 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15), Downy Mildew, Powdery Mildew, Pod Mottle Virus, and Rust. Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProvider Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProvider Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and mild\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, freezing, canning, sauteing, steaming, casseroles, and stir-fries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Provider Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBush beans can be started indoors but perform best if sown directly after the final spring frost. Sow 2-3 seeds 1 inch deep, 4-6 inches apart in rows around 2 feet apart, in moist, rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. Wear gloves when handling treated seeds. Whether direct sowing or transplanting, thin out strongest starts every 18-24 inches in the garden as true leaves establish. Beans need light and consistent watering. Treated seeds can be planted in cooler or more challenging soils where untreated or organic seeds might struggle, as the coating helps them resist seed rot in the soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeeds can be sown in cooler soils than most other bush beans can handle, but the soil should be at least 65 F. Make sure the soil is loose and moist, and the plants are in full sun. For an ongoing harvest, sow seeds every 1-2 weeks that different plants are in different stages of their production throughout the season. Pack a one-inch layer of soil over the seeds, and arrange them in rows 2 feet apart with plants 4 inches apart. Cover each seed with one inch of soil in full sun. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Provider Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvider bush beans are ready to harvest about 50-60 days from sowing or once the pods are 5-8 inches long. Harvest often to encourage fruiting and to ensure pods do not dehydrate on the vine. Although some pods may pull cleanly from the vine, use a knife or shears for more fibrous pods to avoid accidental damage to the plant. Like many crops in the garden, beans are widely believed to be best harvested in the morning for optimal sugar content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Provider Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Provider Bush Bean was developed in the U.S. in the 1960s specifically for its early production, disease resistance, and adaptability. It was bred to thrive in various growing conditions, including cooler soils, allowing for early planting. The bean was also selected for its strong resistance to common diseases\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap beans like Provider are low in calories and rich in vitamins and minerals. They are a good source of vitamin C, vitamin K, folate, and fiber, which supports heart health and digestion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Treated seeds are great for large-scale growers or those in disease-prone areas who need a higher germination rate and protection from soil-borne pests or diseases. They require less disease and pest management.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-row\" id=\"custom-videos\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTreated Provider Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Wholesale - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 350 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 35,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Treated Provider Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925080520,"sku":"30785","price":11.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925080584,"sku":"30786","price":31.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925080648,"sku":"30788","price":116.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/products\/bush-bean-provider-seed-wm_700_d7639e24-a501-4dc8-a50f-1bd279782bd5.jpg?v=1762440373"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-provider","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Provider","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Provider Bush Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high-yielding, heat-tolerant, bush, snap, green bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Produces 5-8-inch, rounded pods with low fiber seeds in clusters, with a heavy yield. Pods are widely used in many kinds of recipes. Harvests store well for long periods. The Provider bean is a variety of green beans that can be sown earlier than many others due to its high tolerance to cooler soils and climates. Provider beans can be harvested just 50 days after sowing.  ~90 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by increasing the chances of pollinating events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly called string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Common Mosaic Virus (race 1, 15), Downy Mildew, Powdery Mildew, Pod Mottle Virus, and Rust. Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than to the leaves will help maintain healthy growth in bean plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProvider Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProvider Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet and mild\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, freezing, canning, sauteeing, steaming, casseroles, and stir-fries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Provider Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBush beans can be started indoors, but perform best if sown directly after the final spring frost. Sow 2-3 seeds 1 inch deep and 2-3 inches apart in moist, organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. Whether direct sowing or transplanting, thin out the strongest starts every 18-24 inches in the garden as true leaves establish. Beans need light, consistent watering, but when doing so, water as close to the roots as possible to avoid saturating the greens, which are known to cause root rot and mildew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeeds can be sown in cooler soils than most other bush beans can handle, but the soil should be at least 65 F. Make sure the soil is loose and moist, and the plants are in full sun. For an ongoing harvest, sow seeds every week or so so that different plants are at different stages of production. Pack a one-inch layer of soil over the seeds, and arrange them in rows 2 feet apart with plants 4 inches apart. Water them quite often to make sure the sun doesn't dehydrate them. Seeds should be sown directly in loose soil with two inches allowed between each plant and twenty inches between each row. Cover each seed with one inch of soil in full sun. To avoid letting the plants wilt in the sun, water them often, but do so near the roots so as not to cause disease on the leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Provider Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvider bush beans are ready to harvest about 50-60 days from sowing or once the pods are 5-8 inches long. Harvest often to encourage fruiting and to ensure pods do not dehydrate on the vine. Although some pods may pull cleanly from the vine, use a knife or shears for more fibrous pods to avoid accidental damage to the plant. Like many crops in the garden, beans are widely believed to be best harvested in the morning for optimal sugar content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Provider Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Provider Bush Bean was developed in the U.S. in the 1960s specifically for its early production, disease resistance, and adaptability. It was bred to thrive in various growing conditions, including cooler soils, allowing for early planting. The bean was also selected for its strong resistance to common diseases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnap beans, like Provider, are low in calories and rich in vitamins and minerals. They are a good source of vitamin C, vitamin K, folate, and fiber, which support heart health and digestion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvider Bush Beans are primarily used as snap beans, meaning they are eaten fresh and enjoyed for their crisp texture and sweet, mild flavor. They're perfect for steaming, sautéing, stir-fries, or even raw in salads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Provider Bush Beans grow well alongside crops like carrots, cucumbers, corn, and marigolds. These companions can help deter pests and improve soil health. Avoid planting beans near onions, garlic, or fennel, as these plants can inhibit bean growth.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" width=\"89\" height=\"89\" style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-row\" id=\"custom-videos\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eProvider Bush Bean Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 g - Wholesale - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 350 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 35,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Provider Bush Bean seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"30 g Packet","offer_id":31779013623923,"sku":"48436","price":2.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Oz","offer_id":39343950594163,"sku":"50751","price":5.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925083912,"sku":"30789","price":11.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925083976,"sku":"30790","price":30.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925084040,"sku":"30792","price":104.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-bush-provider-comp.jpg?v=1762440375"},{"product_id":"beet-red-ace-hybrid","title":"Beet Seeds - Red Ace Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e50 days. The Red Ace beet is a variety that is highly adaptable and that can grow in cooler temperatures. The Red Ace matures a week before many other beets, and produces small, tender globes. The beet is mild and sweet in flavor. This variety is more resistant to drought and can prosper in colder conditions that others struggle in. Ready to harvest a week earlier than others. Sweet, juicy, uniform sizes are drought tolerant. More red pigment than other varieties. Ideal for slicing, pickling or freezing. Tops make delicious, tender greens. Yields heavily in climates that other varieties find stressful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis seed may only be shipped to the US and Canada.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Red Ace Hyrbid Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Beta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moist soil, 6.5 to 7 ph. Can do well in poor soils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to fungal leaf spots, powdery mildew, aphids and caterpillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g Packet - Approximately 125 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Ace beets do well with a light, moist soil, ideally with a PH level of 6.5 to 7. Sow the seeds half an inch deep, with three inches between plants and twelve to eighteen inches between rows. These seeds will need plenty of moisture while germinating, so keep the soil moist for the first twenty one days. These beets can thrive in conditions with full sun or partial shade. After fifty days, the beets should be ready for harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Ace Hybrid Beets can tolerate more chilly climates and will mature sooner than other types of beets. Beet greens are glossy, bright green with red veins along a deep red stalk. Benefits from full sun exposure. Eat beet tops before any sign of wilting for maximum flavor. Vinegar pairs well with beets. Walnut oil pairs very well with warm beets. To minimize the beet color from excessive bleeding leave the stem plug in place and skin on while cooking. Approx. 1,380 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"3 g Packet","offer_id":31789880639603,"sku":"48456","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38925084744,"sku":"30808","price":16.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38925084808,"sku":"30807","price":43.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925084936,"sku":"30806","price":132.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925085000,"sku":"16672","price":518.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39344749150323,"sku":"50775","price":1908.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/beet-red-ace-hybrid.comp.jpg?v=1759441136"},{"product_id":"bean-bush-royal-burgundy-treated","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Royal Burgundy (Treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e50-65 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e. Treated Royal Burgundy Bush Bean Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, open-pollinated, heirloom, high-yielding, bush, snap bean. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Bean Beetles, Bean Common Mosaic Virus (BCMV), and white mold. It is a unique variety with a beautiful, deep purple shade. This variety of bush beans is highly resistant to disease and pests. Plants grow quickly and produce large harvests. This plant can easily grow in cooler climates and soils and survive attacks from bean beetles. Their deep purple, stringless pods turn tender and green after cooking. ~90 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow when soil temperatures are reliably above 60 F. Planting with an inoculant may increase yields, but is certainly not required for a successful grow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Recommended. Beans grow best without any root disturbance. We recommend direct sowing instead of transplanting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans are self-pollinating as they contain both the male and female parts within their flowers, unlike other fruit and vegetable plants. While they are self-pollinating, having a variety of pollinators and flowers around will improve yields by ensuring the greatest chances for pollinating events to occur.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnap or Shell Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap - Snap beans have a fleshy edible pod. Snap beans are also commonly referred to as string beans or green beans (though not all snap beans are green). They are called snap beans because they make a snapping sound when you break them in half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole or Bush Bean:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush - Bush beans grow on low-growing, compact, upright, bushy plants that typically do not need a trellis, pole, or other support. Bush beans are usually favorable to container growing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Sub-Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not Applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 45-65 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beans prefer well-draining, nutrient-rich, loamy soil with a pH of 6.0-6.8. As light feeders and nitrogen-fixing legumes, beans do not require nitrogen-heavy fertilizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Bean Beetles, Bean Common Mosaic Virus (BCMV), and white mold. Beans are susceptible to beetles, aphids, spider mites, and cutworms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Keeping your bean plants clean from dust build-up and surrounded by a variety of plants to help deter and prevent pest damage. Beans are also susceptible to powdery mildew, bean blight, rust, and root rot. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoyal Burgundy Bush Bean Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, Purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoyal Burgundy Bush Bean Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003eMild, tender, and sweet with a classic green bean flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBean Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh, steamed, sauteed, boiled, stir-fried, salads, sides, casseroles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Royal Burgundy Bush Beans in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow the seeds outdoors, as they do not transplant well. This should be done after the last frost when soil temperatures are consistently above 60 F. While you still need to prepare the soil well, treated seeds provide a buffer against poor conditions, giving you more leeway with planting times and conditions. Sow the seeds about 1 inch deep directly into well-drained soil. Space each seed about 3–6 inches apart in rows, ensuring the rows are about 18–24 inches apart. This allows for good airflow, reducing the risk of disease, and ensures the plants have enough room to spread. If planting in a container or raised bed, maintain similar spacing to give the plants adequate room to grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese low-maintenance plants prefer full sun (6-10 hours), about an inch of water per week, and light fertilization. If your soil is particularly poor, a balanced low-nitrogen fertilizer (like 5-10-10) can be applied once the plants flower. Avoid high-nitrogen fertilizers, as they encourage leafy growth at the expense of pod production. They make great companion plants for tomatoes, cucumbers, and corn. Keep the area weed-free and apply a mulch to retain moisture in the soil and suppress weed growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Royal Burgundy Bush Beans\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest the pods when they are around 5 inches long. In their fresh state, they remain purple but once cooled they turn a vibrant green. Although some pods may pull cleanly from the vine, use a knife or shears for more fibrous pods to avoid accidental damage to the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Royal Burgundy Bush Bean Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso known as Royal Purple Pod, this flavorful snap bean is stringless and thrives in cool weather. Gardeners love it because the purple beans are easy to see on the plant, thus making harvest an easy task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese dazzling purple pods are sure to be a hit at the dinner table, farmers' markets, and farm stands. The eye-appealing color is enticing to those with more curious minds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreated Seeds are more appropriate for conventional gardening, especially in areas prone to disease or where conditions (such as cool, wet soil) might otherwise pose a risk to young plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the standout traits of Royal Burgundy is its ability to tolerate cooler temperatures better than many other bean varieties. This makes it a great choice for gardeners in regions with unpredictable spring or fall weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"If you have particularly unpredictable spring weather, treated seeds might offer that extra layer of protection that can give those young seedlings the boost they need to get going earlier in the year.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/examples-of-seed-variation-natural-vs-man-made-materials\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples Of Seed Variation - Natural Vs Man-Made Materials\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRoyal Burgundy Bush Bean Treated Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 1,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 7,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 35,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Royal Burgundy Bush Bean treated seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925090568,"sku":"30814","price":11.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925090632,"sku":"30815","price":33.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38925090696,"sku":"30817","price":123.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/bean-bush-royal-burgundy-treated-Comp.jpg?v=1755893933"}],"url":"https:\/\/store.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/container-gardening-vegetables\/microgreens_difficulty-easy.oembed","provider":"True Leaf Market","version":"1.0","type":"link"}